ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC
S-1/A, 1998-11-06
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: TAX EXEMPT SECURITIES TRUST NEW YORK TRUST 170, 497, 1998-11-06
Next: EQ ADVISORS TRUST, 497, 1998-11-06



<PAGE>   1
 
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 6, 1998.
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-63141
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
    
                                       TO
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                              <C>
            DELAWARE                           4813                          77-0424796
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF    (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL           (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)    CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)         IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                     50 W. SAN FERNANDO STREET, SUITE #1010
                           SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA 95113
                                 (408) 367-6666
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                  SHERMAN TUAN
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                     50 W. SAN FERNANDO STREET, SUITE #1010
                           SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA 95113
                                 (408) 367-6666
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
             CARLA S. NEWELL, ESQ.                           JORGE A. DEL CALVO, ESQ.
              BENNETT L. YEE, ESQ.                             BLAIR W. WHITE, ESQ.
           ALLISON W. TAKAHASHI, ESQ.                      GABRIELLA A. LOMBARDI, ESQ.
            GUNDERSON DETTMER STOUGH                      PILLSBURY MADISON & SUTRO LLP
      VILLENEUVE FRANKLIN & HACHIGIAN, LLP                     2550 HANOVER STREET
             155 CONSTITUTION DRIVE                            PALO ALTO, CA 94035
              MENLO PARK, CA 94025                                (650) 233-4500
                 (650) 321-2400
</TABLE>
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, check the following box.  [ ]
 
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]  _________
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]  _________
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 6, 1998
    
 
                                          SHARES
 
                                [ABOVENET LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                            ------------------------
 
     All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by AboveNet
Communications Inc. ("AboveNet" or the "Company"). Prior to this offering, there
has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently
estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $          and
$     per share. See "Underwriting" for determining the initial public offering
price. The Company has applied for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "ABOV."
 
        THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6.
                            ------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>                      <C>                      <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                PRICE TO               UNDERWRITING              PROCEEDS TO
                                                 PUBLIC                 DISCOUNT(1)              COMPANY(2)
<S>                                      <C>                      <C>                      <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share..............................             $                        $                        $
Total(3)...............................             $                        $                        $
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(1) See "Underwriting" for information concerning indemnification of the
    Underwriters and other information.
 
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $          .
 
(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
    days of the date hereof, to purchase up to      additional shares of Common
    Stock at the Price to Public per share, less the Underwriting Discount, for
    the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters
    exercise such option in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting
    Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $          , $          and
    $          respectively. See "Underwriting."
                            ------------------------
 
     The shares of Common Stock are offered severally by the Underwriters when,
as and if delivered to and accepted by them, subject to their right to withdraw,
cancel or reject orders in whole or in part and subject to certain other
conditions. It is expected that delivery of certificates representing the shares
will be made against payment on or about                , 1998 at the offices of
CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., CIBC Oppenheimer Tower, World Financial Center, New
York, New York 10281.
                            ------------------------
 
CIBC OPPENHEIMER                                    VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1998
<PAGE>   3
 
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING STABILIZING BIDS, SYNDICATE COVERING TRANSACTIONS OR THE IMPOSITION OF
PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DISCUSSION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information, including "Risk Factors" and the Financial Statements and Notes
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated
herein, all information in this Prospectus (i) assumes the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is not exercised, (ii) reflects the reincorporation of the
Company in the State of Delaware and the associated exchange of one share of
Common Stock and one share of Preferred Stock of the Company for every two and
one-half shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, respectively, of the
Company's California predecessor, (iii) assumes the exercise prior to the
closing of this offering of warrants to purchase 197,978 shares of Series B
Preferred Stock and (iv) assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to the closing of this
offering.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     AboveNet is a leading provider of high performance, managed co-location and
Internet connectivity solutions for electronic commerce and other
mission-critical Internet operations. AboveNet has developed a network
architecture based upon two strategically located, fault-tolerant facilities
that combine content co-location services with direct ISP access to create
Internet Service Exchanges ("ISXs"). As of September 30, 1998, the Company had
171 public and private data exchange connections, known as peering arrangements,
including relationships with top-tier network providers. The Company's network
architecture and extensive peering relationships are designed to reduce the
number of network connections or "hops" for data travelling across the Internet.
Furthermore, the convergence of content providers and ISPs at AboveNet's ISXs
enables these ISPs to provide their users with "one hop" connectivity, through
AboveNet's local area network, to the co-located content site. As of September
30, 1998, the Company had 316 customers including a wide range of Internet
content providers, Web hosting companies and ISPs.
    
 
     The Internet has experienced tremendous growth and is emerging as a global
medium for communications and commerce. Internet-based businesses and other
enterprises need non-stop, non-congested, fault-tolerant and scalable Internet
operations to allow them to perform mission-critical digital communication and
electronic commerce transactions globally over the Internet. However, many
businesses that are seeking to establish these sophisticated Internet operations
lack the resources and expertise to cost-effectively develop, maintain and
enhance the necessary facilities and network systems. As a result, many
enterprises are seeking outsourcing arrangements to enhance Web site reliability
and performance, provide continuous operation of their Internet solutions and
reduce related operating expenses. Forrester Research, Inc.(1) estimates that by
2002, approximately 40% of complex Web sites will be outsourced and that
Internet hosting revenues for complex sites will increase from approximately
$200 million in 1997 to approximately $8.0 billion by 2002.
 
     AboveNet's solutions are designed to be highly scalable and flexible to
meet the needs of its customers as their Internet operations expand. AboveNet
charges its customers based on space and bandwidth utilization, providing
customers a flexible, cost-effective path to increasing their Internet
operations. The Company's services are designed to enhance performance through
redundant and high speed network design and 24x7 monitoring, notification and
diagnosis. AboveNet's proprietary ASAP software monitors all of the Company's
direct and indirect network connections for latency and packet loss, allowing
its network engineers to enhance performance by dynamically rerouting traffic to
avoid congested points. The Company also provides its customers with
sophisticated monitoring, reporting and management tools that can be remotely
accessed by the customer to control its Internet operations. By providing a
means to reduce the number of "hops" in the transmission of data, the Company
believes that its network design can provide significant benefits to ISPs as
they seek to gain fast, reliable access to content.
 
- ---------------
 
    (1) Forrester Research, Inc. estimates are based upon interviews with more
than 41,000 households as part of its "Technographics '98" survey. In addition,
the report stated that 81 ISPs were asked to provide detailed unit sales, prices
and projections for 1996 through 1998. The ISP data was extrapolated to provide
a total current market size and direction. Finally, 22 vendors of hosting
services and related organizations were contacted. There can be no assurances
that actual results will not differ materially from those estimated.
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
     The Company's objective is to become the leading global Internet Service
Exchange for business enterprises and ISPs that require high-bandwidth,
mission-critical Internet operations. To achieve this objective, the Company
intends to: (i) increase awareness of the AboveNet name on a global basis; (ii)
expand its customer base through increased sales and marketing efforts; (iii)
expand its global ISX network by connecting centralized facilities in key
domestic and international locations; (iv) leverage its ISX model to increase
its customer base and generate recurring revenues; and (v) address the emerging
requirements of Internet technologies such as audio and video streaming and
voice over IP.
 
     The Company's customers include CNET Download.com, Dacom America,
Electronic Arts Inc. Got.Net, IntelliChoice, Inc., iXL Holdings, Inc., Liquid
Audio, Inc., RealNetworks, Inc. and The Web Zone, Inc. The Company intends to
expand its customer base by substantially expanding its sales organization, as
well as establishing and expanding relationships with potential channel partners
including hardware vendors, value added resellers, system integrators and Web
hosting companies, to leverage their sales organizations. The Company also plans
to invest in building the AboveNet brand through an integrated marketing plan,
including traditional and online advertising in business and trade publications,
trade show participation, direct mail and public relations campaigns.
 
   
     The Company was incorporated in California in March 1996 and reincorporated
in Delaware in November 1998. The Company's principal executive offices are
located at 50 W. San Fernando Street, Suite #1010, San Jose, California 95113,
and its telephone number is (408) 367-6666.
    
 
     EtherValve is a registered trademark of the Company. Cabriolet and MRTG are
trademarks of the Company. The Company has applied for federal trademark
registration for the following names: AboveNet APS, ASAP, As-Ur-Here, Internet
Service Exchange and ISX. All other trademarks, servicemarks or tradenames
referred to in this Prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   6
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Common Stock offered by the Company.......           shares
 
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
Offering(1)...............................           shares
 
Use of Proceeds...........................    For increased sales and marketing,
                                              capital expenditures, potential
                                              strategic investments and working
                                              capital and general corporate
                                              purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol....    ABOV
 
                      SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND CUSTOMER DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PERIOD FROM                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                MARCH 8, 1996      YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                (INCEPTION) TO     --------------------    ------------------
                                                JUNE 30, 1996        1997        1998       1997       1998
                                               ----------------    --------    --------    -------    -------
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.....................................       $   79         $   552     $ 3,436     $   431    $ 1,793
Loss from operations.........................          (78)         (1,804)     (5,327)       (605)    (3,324)
Net loss.....................................       $  (78)        $(1,803)    $(5,425)    $  (662)   $(3,351)
                                                    ======         =======     =======     =======    =======
Basic and diluted loss per share(2)..........       $(0.39)        $ (5.73)    $(12.93)    $ (1.96)   $ (4.59)
                                                    ======         =======     =======     =======    =======
Shares used in basic and diluted loss per
  share(2)...................................          200             315         420         337        730
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Capital expenditures(3)......................       $  101         $   850     $ 4,145     $   171    $ 7,339
Number of customers at period end............           10             110         278         146        316
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                                                            PRO FORMA
                                                              ACTUAL     PRO FORMA(4)    AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                              -------    ------------    ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and equivalents........................................  $10,626      $10,873       $
Working capital.............................................    7,114        7,361
Total assets................................................   24,986       25,234
Long-term obligations, net of current portion...............    6,513        6,513
Total stockholders' equity..................................   12,685       12,932
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Based on shares outstanding as of September 30, 1998. Excludes, as of
    September 30, 1998, (i) 2,489,220 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
    exercise of options outstanding under the Company's 1996 and 1997 Stock
    Option Plans and non-plan options at a weighted average exercise price of
    $2.08 per share and 506,972 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
    prior to this offering under the 1997 Stock Option Plan, (ii) 91,750 shares
    of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted
    average exercise price of $3.53 per share, (iii) 20,000 shares of Common
    Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of
    80% of the initial public offering price and (iv) an aggregate of 2,750,000
    shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance after this offering under the
    Company's 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
    See "Management -- Stock Incentive Plan" and "-- Employee Stock Purchase
    Plan" and Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(2) See Notes 1 and 7 of Notes to Financial Statements for the determination of
    shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per share.
 
(3) Capital expenditures represent purchases of property and equipment,
    including non-cash transactions such as the acquisition of equipment under
    capital lease.
 
(4) Pro forma balances reflect (i) the exercise of warrants to acquire 197,978
    shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (ii) the conversion of all
    outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock.
 
(5) Adjusted to reflect the sale of       shares of Common Stock by the Company
    at the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (after
    deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
    expenses payable by the Company).
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   7
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby is speculative
in nature and involves a high degree of risk. In addition to the other
information contained in this Prospectus, the following factors should be
considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business before
purchasing the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus contains
certain forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve
risks and uncertainties. Any statements contained herein that are not statements
of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. For example,
the words "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects," "intends" and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The Company's
actual results and the timing of certain events may differ significantly from
the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might
cause such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those discussed below
and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
     Limited Operating History; History of Losses; Expected Continued
Losses. The Company was incorporated in March 1996 and has experienced operating
losses in each quarterly and annual period since inception. The Company
experienced net losses of $1.8 million, $5.4 million and $3.4 million in fiscal
years 1997 and 1998, and for the three months ended September 30, 1998
respectively, and, as of September 30, 1998, had an accumulated deficit of
approximately $10.7 million. The Company began offering its co-location and
Internet connectivity services to content providers in July 1996, and introduced
its co-location and Internet connectivity services to ISPs in August 1997. The
Company recently began operating its second ISX facility in Vienna, Virginia in
July 1998. The revenue and income potential of the Company's business and market
is unproven, and the Company's limited operating history makes an evaluation of
the Company and its prospects difficult. The Company and its prospects must be
considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties encountered by
companies in the new and rapidly evolving market for co-location and Internet
connectivity services. The Company expects to continue making significant
investments to (i) substantially increase its sales and marketing activities and
(ii) establish a second, significantly larger ISX facility in San Jose,
California. The Company believes that it will continue to experience net losses
on a quarterly and annual basis for the foreseeable future, and such losses are
expected to increase significantly from current levels. To achieve or sustain
profitability, among other things, the Company must substantially grow its
customer base, including maintaining existing customer relationships, expand
domestically and internationally, provide scalable, reliable and cost-effective
services, continue to grow its infrastructure to accommodate expanded and new
facilities, additional customers and increased bandwidth use of its network,
expand its channels of distribution, effectively establish its brand name,
retain and motivate qualified personnel and continue to respond to competitive
developments. Failure of the Company's services to achieve widespread market
acceptance would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. Although the Company has
experienced significant growth in revenues in recent periods, the Company does
not believe that this growth rate is necessarily indicative of future operating
results, and there can be no assurance that the Company will ever achieve
profitability on a quarterly or an annual basis or, if achieved, will sustain
profitability. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
    
 
     Need to Grow and Retain Customer Base; Lengthy Sales Cycle. The Company's
success is substantially dependent on the continued growth of its customer base
and the retention of its customers. The Company's ability to attract new
customers will depend on a variety of factors, including the willingness of
businesses to outsource their mission-critical Internet operations, the
reliability and cost-effectiveness of the Company's services and the Company's
ability to effectively market such services. A majority of the Company's
customer contracts are cancelable on 30 days' notice. In the past, the Company
has lost customers to other service providers for various reasons, including as
a result of lower prices and other incentives offered by competitors and not
matched by the Company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the
Company's customers will maintain or renew their commitments to use the
Company's services. The Company intends to develop alternative distribution and
lead generation relationships with potential channel partners including hardware
providers, system integrators, value added resellers and Web hosting companies.
Any failure by the Company to develop these relationships could materially and
adversely impact the ability of the Company to generate increased revenues,
which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   8
 
operations and financial condition. In addition, the Company typically
experiences a lengthy sales cycle for its services, particularly given the
importance to customers of securing Internet connectivity for mission-critical
operations and the need to educate certain customers regarding the benefits of
co-location and Internet connectivity services. Changes in the rate of growth in
the Company's customer base, customer renewal rates and the sales cycle for the
Company's services, have caused, and are expected in the future to cause,
significant fluctuations in the Company's results of operations on a quarterly
and an annual basis. In addition, the Company intends to significantly increase
its sales and marketing expenditures. Due to the typically lengthy sales cycle
for the Company's services, the Company's expenses will occur prior to customer
commitments for the Company's services. There can be no assurance that the
increase in the Company's sales and marketing efforts will result in increased
sales of the Company's services. See "-- Potential Fluctuations in Results of
Operations" and "Business-- Customers."
 
     Potential Fluctuations in Results of Operations. The Company has
experienced significant fluctuations in its results of operations on a quarterly
and annual basis. The Company expects to continue to experience significant
fluctuations in its future quarterly and annual results of operations due to a
variety of factors, many of which are outside the Company's control, including:
demand for and market acceptance of the Company's services; capacity utilization
of its ISX facilities; fluctuations in data communications and
telecommunications costs; reliable continuity of service and network
availability; customer retention; the timing and success of marketing efforts by
the Company; the timing and magnitude of capital expenditures, including costs
relating to the expansion of operations; the timely expansion of existing
facilities and completion of new facilities; the ability to increase bandwidth
as necessary; fluctuations in bandwidth used by customers; the timing and
magnitude of expenditures for sales and marketing; introductions of new services
or enhancements by the Company and its competitors; the timing of customer
installations and related payments; the ability to maintain or increase peering
relationships; provisions for customer discounts and credits; the introduction
by third parties of new Internet services; increased competition in the
Company's markets; growth of Internet use and establishment of Internet
operations by mainstream enterprises; changes in the pricing policies of the
Company and its competitors; changes in regulatory laws and policies; economic
conditions specific to the Internet industry; and general economic factors. In
addition, a relatively large portion of the Company's expenses are fixed in the
short-term, particularly with respect to data communications and
telecommunications costs, depreciation, real estate, interest and personnel, and
therefore the Company's future results of operations will be particularly
sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. In addition, the Company expects to incur
compensation costs related to certain option grants and warrants, including a
significant charge in the quarter that this offering is consummated.
Furthermore, although the Company has not encountered significant difficulties
in collecting its accounts receivable in the past, many of the Company's
customers are in an emerging stage, and there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to collect receivables on a timely basis. The Company also
expects that its sales may be affected by seasonality trends with decreased
revenues during the summer months. Due to all of the foregoing factors, the
Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its results of operations
are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of
future performance. Furthermore, as a result of the foregoing and other factors,
the Company's results of operations in future periods may fall below the
expectations of securities analysts and investors. In such event, the trading
price of the Company's Common Stock will likely be materially and adversely
affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
   
     Risks Associated with Recent and Planned Business Expansion. The Company
recently opened its second ISX facility in Vienna, Virginia and is planning to
develop a significantly larger ISX facility in San Jose, California, which is
targeted to open by the fall of 1999. The Company intends to use a significant
portion of the net proceeds of this offering to construct the new San Jose ISX
facility. The Company will need to accomplish a number of objectives in order to
successfully complete the development of the planned ISX facility, on a timely
basis or at all, including entering into a real estate lease, obtaining
necessary permits and approvals, passing required inspections, and hiring
necessary contractors, builders, electricians, architects and designers. In
addition, the development of this new facility could place a significant strain
on the Company's management resources and could result in the diversion of
management attention from the day-to-day operation of the Company's business.
The successful development of the facility will require careful management of
various risks associated with significant construction projects, including
construction delay,
    
                                        7
<PAGE>   9
 
cost estimation errors or overruns, equipment and material delays or shortages,
inability to obtain necessary permits on a timely basis and other factors, many
of which are beyond the Company's control. There can be no assurance with
respect to the cost, timing or extent of any expansion or that the Company will
be successful in expanding its operations, or developing the ISX facility
planned for San Jose, California, as well as any new ISX facilities that the
Company may want to establish in the future, on a timely basis, or at all. The
Company's inability to establish its planned facility or to effectively manage
its expansion would have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, the Vienna, Virginia
ISX facility and, if completed, the new San Jose ISX facility, will result in
substantial new fixed and operating expenses, including expenses associated with
hiring, training and managing new employees, purchasing new equipment,
implementing power and redundancy systems, implementing multiple data
communication and telecommunication connections, leasing additional real estate
and depreciation. In addition, the Company will need to continue to implement
and improve its operational and financial systems. If revenue levels do not
increase sufficiently to offset these new expenses, the Company's operating
results will be materially adversely impacted in future periods. There can be no
assurance that the Company will accurately anticipate the customer demand for
new facilities or that the Company will attract a sufficient number of
customers.
 
     The Company also intends to make strategic minority investments in joint
ventures and foreign companies that develop ISX facilities in Europe and Asia
and to license its trademarks and technology to such entities. If the Company
makes such investments, the Company will be dependent on these joint ventures
and foreign companies to establish and operate ISX facilities. The ability of
these joint ventures and foreign companies to successfully establish and operate
ISX facilities is subject to a number of risks over which the Company will have
little or no control, as a result of its anticipated minority ownership in such
entities. There can be no assurance that these entities will be able to obtain
the necessary data communications and telecommunications infrastructure in a
cost-effective manner or compete effectively in international markets. In
addition, there can be no assurance that any of these investments, if made, will
result in the establishment of ISX facilities, or that such investment
relationships will not be disrupted. Furthermore, to the extent that such
entities use the AboveNet brand name and do not provide the same level of
performance and service as the Company, their operations could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's reputation and brand equity. Furthermore,
certain foreign governments have enforced laws and regulations related to
content distributed over the Internet that are more restrictive than those
currently in place in the United States. There can be no assurance that one or
more of these factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
global ISX strategy, business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
     Intense Competition. The market served by the Company is intensely
competitive. There are few substantial barriers to entering the co-location
service business, and the Company expects that it will face additional
competition from existing competitors and new market entrants in the future. The
Company believes that participants in this market must grow rapidly and achieve
a significant presence in the market in order to compete effectively. There can
be no assurance that the Company will have the resources or expertise to compete
successfully in the future. In addition, many of the Company's current and
potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and
marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater
name recognition and more established relationships in the industry than the
Company. As a result, certain of these competitors may be able to develop and
expand their network infrastructures and service offerings more quickly, adapt
to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more
quickly, take advantage of acquisitions and other opportunities more readily,
devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of their services and adopt
more aggressive pricing and incentive policies than can the Company. In an
effort to gain market share, certain of the Company's competitors have offered
co-location services similar to those of the Company at lower prices than those
of the Company or with incentives not matched by the Company, including free
start-up and domain name registration, periods of free service and low-priced
Internet access. As a result of these policies, the Company may encounter
increasing pricing pressure which could result in loss of customers and have a
material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial
condition.
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   10
 
     In addition, certain of the Company's competitors have entered and will
likely continue to enter into joint ventures, consortiums or consolidations to
provide additional services competitive with those provided by the Company. As a
result, such competitors may be able to provide customers with additional
benefits in connection with their co-location and network management solutions,
including reduced communications costs, which could reduce the overall costs of
their services relative to the Company's services. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to offset the effects of any such price
reductions. The Company believes that companies seeking co-location and Internet
connectivity providers for their mission-critical Internet operations may use
more than one company to provide this service. As a result, these customers
would be able to more easily shift the amount of service and bandwidth usage
from one provider to another. The Company may also face competition from its
suppliers. See "Business -- Competition."
 
     Management of Growth; Dependence on Key Personnel. The Company has recently
experienced a period of rapid growth with respect to the expansion of its ISX
facilities and its customer base. The Company's ability to manage effectively
its recent growth and any future growth will require it to continue to expand
its operating and financial procedures and controls, to replace or upgrade its
operational, financial and management information systems and to attract, train,
motivate, manage and retain key employees. The Company is currently upgrading
its financial and management information systems. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to implement such new systems successfully or on a
timely basis. The Company also is dependent upon its ability to increase
substantially the size of its sales and marketing organization. The market for
highly qualified sales and marketing personnel is very competitive. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be successful in meeting its hiring goals or
that any new employees will be successful in expanding the Company's customer
base. The Company's growth has placed, and if it continues, will place, a
significant strain on the Company's financial, management, operational and other
resources. If the Company's management is unable to effectively manage any
further growth that may occur, the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition would be materially adversely affected. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
     The Company has recently hired many key employees and officers, including
its President and Chief Operating Officer, its Senior Vice President of Sales
and Marketing, its Vice President of International-Europe, its Vice President of
Sales, and its Vice President of Construction and Real Estate and, as a result,
the Company's management team has worked together for only a brief time. The
Company's ability to effectively execute its strategies will depend in part upon
its ability to integrate these and future managers into its operations. The
Company also has plans to hire additional executive management personnel,
including a Chief Financial Officer and a Vice President of Marketing. If the
Company's executives are unable to manage growth effectively, the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially
adversely affected. The Company's success also depends in significant part upon
the continued services of its senior management and key technical and sales
personnel, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Sherman Tuan,
President and Chief Operating Officer, Warren J. Kaplan, Chief Technical
Officer, David Rand, and Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing, David
Dembitz. The Company maintains a key man insurance policy in the amount of
approximately $1.1 million on the life of Mr. Tuan, but does not maintain such
insurance with respect to any other executive officers. Any officer or employee
of the Company can terminate his or her relationship with the Company at any
time. In addition, all options to purchase Common Stock held by Mr. Kaplan will
vest on the consummation of this offering. The loss of the services of one or
more of the Company's key employees or the Company's failure to attract
additional qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Business -- Employees" and "Management -- Employment Agreements."
 
     Risk of System Failure. The Company's operations are dependent upon its
ability to prevent system interruption and protect its network infrastructure
and customers' equipment against damage from human error, fire, earthquakes,
floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, sabotage, intentional acts of
vandalism and similar events. The Company's existing and planned ISX facility in
San Jose, California is in an area that is subject to earthquakes and, as a
result, is subject to greater risk of system interruption. Despite precautions
taken, and planned to be taken, by the Company the occurrence of a natural
disaster or other unanticipated problems such as human interference or mistake,
unannounced or unexpected changes in transmission
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   11
 
protocols or other technology, could result in interruptions in the services
provided by the Company or significant damage to customer equipment. In
addition, failure of any of the Company's data communication and
telecommunication providers, such as MCI WorldCom, Sprint, Pacific Bell,
Teleport Communications Group, a subsidiary of AT&T, and WinStar Communications,
Inc., to provide the data communication and/or telecommunication capacity
required by the Company, as a result of human error, a natural disaster or other
operational disruption, could result in interruptions in the Company's services.
Any damage to or failure of the systems of the Company or its service providers
could result in reductions in, or terminations of, services supplied to the
Company's customers, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the
Company's reputation could be materially adversely affected. The Company may be
subject to legal claims by its customers for disruption of service or damage to
customer equipment. While the Company's customer contracts generally purport to
eliminate the Company's liability for consequential or punitive damages or for
damage to customer equipment not caused by the Company's gross negligence or
willful acts, there can be no assurance that the Company would not be held
liable for such damages. See "-- Year 2000 Risks" and "Business-- Network
Architecture."
 
     Risks Associated with Emerging Market for Network Management Services;
Uncertainty of Acceptance of Services. The market for co-location and Internet
connectivity services has only recently begun to develop, is evolving rapidly
and likely will be characterized by an increasing number of market entrants.
There is significant uncertainty regarding whether this market ultimately will
prove to be viable or, if it becomes viable, that it will grow. The Company's
future growth, if any, will be dependent on the growth of the Internet as a
global communication and commerce medium, the growth of mission-critical
Internet operations, the willingness of enterprises to co-locate and outsource
Internet connectivity for their mission-critical Internet operations and the
Company's ability to successfully and cost-effectively market its services to a
sufficiently large number of customers. There can be no assurance that the
market for the Company's services will develop, that the Company's services will
be adopted or that businesses, organizations or consumers will significantly
increase use of the Internet for commerce and communication. If this market
fails to develop, or develops more slowly than expected, or if the Company's
services do not achieve widespread market acceptance, the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely
affected. In addition, in order to be successful in this emerging market, the
Company must be able to differentiate itself from its competition through its
service offerings and brand name recognition. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in differentiating itself or achieving widespread
market acceptance of its services, or that it will not experience difficulties
that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction or
marketing of these services. In addition, there can be no assurance that the
Company's business model of establishing centralized ISX facilities will be
widely adopted over the model established by other outsource providers who have
developed and are continuing to develop numerous geographically disbursed
facilities. In addition, if the Company incurs increased costs or is unable, for
technical or other reasons, to develop and introduce new services or
enhancements of existing services in a timely manner, or if these or other new
services do not achieve widespread market acceptance, the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely
affected.
 
     Risks Associated with Network Scalability. The Company must continue to
expand and adapt its network infrastructure as the number of users and the
amount of information they wish to transport increase and to meet changing
customer requirements. Due to the limited deployment of the Company's services
to date, the ability of the Company's network to connect and manage a
substantially larger number of customers at high transmission speeds is as yet
unknown, and the Company faces risks related to the network's ability to be
scaled up to significantly greater customer levels while maintaining a high
level of performance. To the extent customers' usage of bandwidth increases, the
Company will need to make additional investments in its infrastructure to
maintain adequate downstream data transmission speeds, the availability of which
may be limited or the cost of which may be significant. There can be no
assurance that additional network capacity will be available from third-party
suppliers when it is needed by the Company. As a result, there can be no
assurance that the Company's network will be able to achieve or maintain a
sufficiently high data transmission capacity. The Company's failure to achieve
or maintain high data transmission capacity could significantly reduce consumer
demand for its services and have a material adverse effect on its business,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, as the Company
upgrades its telecommunications infrastruc-
                                       10
<PAGE>   12
 
ture to increase bandwidth available to its customers, it may encounter
equipment or software incompatibility which may cause delays in implementation.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to expand or adapt its
telecommunications infrastructure to meet additional demand or its customers'
changing requirements, on a timely basis and at a commercially reasonable cost,
or at all. See "Business --Network Architecture"
 
     Need to Maintain and Increase Peering Relationships. The Internet is
comprised of several network providers who operate their own networks and
interconnect their networks at various public and private peering points,
through "peering arrangements" with one another. The Company's establishment and
maintenance of peering relationships is necessary in order to effectively
exchange traffic with ISPs without having to pay the higher costs of transit
services and in order to maintain high network performance levels. These
arrangements are not subject to regulation and are subject to revision in terms,
conditions or costs over time. There is no assurance that ISPs will maintain
peering relationships with the Company. In addition, increasing requirements or
costs may be imposed on the Company in order to maintain peering relationships
with ISPs, particularly national ISPs. Failure to maintain peering relationships
would adversely affect the level of connectivity available to the Company's
customers or cause the Company to incur additional operating expenditures by
paying for transit, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
if these network providers were to increase the pricing associated with
utilizing their networks, the Company may be required to identify alternative
methods through which it can distribute its customers' content. If the Company
were unable to access on a cost-effective basis alternative networks to
distribute its customers' content or pass through any additional costs of
utilizing these networks to its customers, the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.
 
     Dependence upon Third Party Suppliers. The Company's success will depend
upon third party network infrastructure providers, including the capacity leased
from its telecommunications network suppliers. In particular, the Company is
dependent on Sprint, MCI WorldCom and certain other data communication and
telecommunication providers for its backbone capacity and is therefore dependent
on such companies to maintain the operational integrity of its backbone. In
addition, any significant increase in data communication or telecommunication
costs could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. MCI WorldCom is a current competitor and the
Company's other data communications providers are potential competitors of the
Company. Furthermore, the Company relies on a number of public and private
peering interconnections to deliver its services. If the carriers that operate
the Internet exchange points were to discontinue their support of the peering
points and no alternative providers emerged, or such alternative providers
increased the cost of utilizing the Internet exchange points, the distribution
of content through the Internet exchange points, including content distributed
by the Company, would be significantly constrained. Furthermore, as traffic
through the Internet exchange points increases, if commensurate increases in
bandwidth are not added, the Company's ability to distribute content rapidly and
reliably through these networks will be materially adversely affected.
 
     The Company relies on other companies to supply certain key components of
its network infrastructure, including networking equipment which, in the
quantities and quality demanded by the Company, are available only from limited
sources. Currently, the Company orders all of its routers from Cisco Systems,
Inc. Although the Company believes that it could procure alternative sources to
supply routers in the event routers from Cisco Systems, Inc. were unavailable,
the Company would need to train its personnel in the use of alternative routers,
which could cause delay or interruption in its services. See "Business --Network
Architecture."
 
     Risks Associated with Potential Future Acquisitions. The Company may in the
future pursue acquisitions of technologies or businesses. Future acquisitions by
the Company may result in the use of significant amounts of cash, potentially
dilutive issuances of equity securities, incurrence of debt, or amortization
expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could
materially adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations or
financial condition. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including
difficulties in the assimilation of the operations, technologies, products and
personnel of the acquired company, the diversion of management's attention from
other business concerns, risks of entering markets in which the Company has no
or limited direct prior experience, and the potential loss of key
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   13
 
employees of the acquired company. In the event that any such acquisitions
occur, there can be no assurance that the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition would not be materially adversely affected.
 
     Dependence on Growth of Internet Use and Internet Infrastructure
Development. The increased use of the Internet for retrieving, sharing and
transferring information among businesses, consumers, suppliers and partners has
only recently begun to develop, and the Company's success will depend in large
part on continued growth in the use of the Internet, which in turn will depend
on a variety of factors including security, reliability, cost, ease of access,
quality of service and necessary increases in bandwidth availability. The
adoption of the Internet for information retrieval and exchange, commerce and
communications, particularly by those enterprises that have historically relied
upon alternative means of commerce and communications, generally will require
the acceptance of a new medium of conducting business and exchanging
information. Demand for and market acceptance of the Internet are subject to a
high level of uncertainty and are dependent on a number of factors, including
growth in consumer access to and acceptance of new interactive technologies, the
development of technologies that facilitate interactive communication between
organizations and targeted audiences and increases in user bandwidth. If the
Internet as a commercial or business medium fails to develop or develops more
slowly than expected, the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected. The recent growth in
the use of the Internet has caused frequent periods of performance degradation,
requiring the upgrade of routers and switches, telecommunications links and
other components forming the infrastructure of the Internet by ISPs and other
organizations with links to the Internet. Any perceived degradation in the
performance of the Internet as a whole could undermine the benefits of the
Company's services. Potentially increased performance provided by the services
of the Company and others is ultimately limited by and reliant upon the speed
and reliability of the networks operated by third parties. Consequently, the
emergence and growth of the market for the Company's services is dependent on
improvements being made to the entire Internet infrastructure to alleviate
overloading and congestion.
 
     Rapid Technological Change; Evolving Industry Standards. The Company's
future success will depend, in part, on its ability to offer services that
address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of its current and
prospective customers and to respond to technological advances and emerging
industry standards and practices on a timely and cost-effective basis.
Mission-critical Internet operations are complex and are characterized by
rapidly changing and unproven technology, evolving industry standards, changes
in customer needs, emerging competition and frequent new service introductions.
There can be no assurance that future advances in technology will be beneficial
to, or compatible with, the Company's business, that the Company will be able to
incorporate such advances on a cost-effective or timely basis into its business
or that such advances will not make the Company's services unnecessary or less
cost-effective than using the new technology. Moreover, technological advances
may have the effect of encouraging certain of the Company's current or future
customers to rely on in-house personnel and equipment to furnish the services
currently provided by the Company. In addition, keeping pace with technological
advances in the Company's industry may require substantial expenditures and lead
time. Although the Company currently intends to support emerging standards,
there can be no assurance that industry standards will be established or, that
if they become established, the Company will be able to conform to these new
standards in a timely fashion and maintain a competitive position in the market.
The failure of the Company to conform to prevailing standards, or the failure of
a common standard to emerge, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
there can be no assurance that products, services or technologies developed by
others will not render the Company's services uncompetitive, unnecessary or
obsolete.
 
     Security Risks. Customer operations at the Company's facilities have in the
past experienced, and may in the future experience, delays or interruptions in
service as a result of the accidental or intentional actions of Internet users,
current and former employees or others. Furthermore, such inappropriate access
to the network by third parties could also potentially jeopardize the security
of confidential information, such as credit card and bank account numbers,
stored in the computer systems of the Company and its customers, which could
result in liability to the Company and the loss of existing customers or the
deterrence of potential customers. Although the Company implements security
procedures and systems, such procedures and systems have been
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   14
 
circumvented in the past, and there can be no assurance that unauthorized
access, accidental or intentional actions and other disruptions will not occur
in the future. The Company was recently sued by a customer alleging that the
Company negligently allowed the customer's consultant access to the customer's
servers located at the Company's San Jose facility. The costs required to
minimize security problems could be prohibitively expensive and the efforts to
address such problems could result in interruptions, delays or cessation of
service to the Company's customers, which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
Concerns over the security of Internet transactions and the privacy of users may
also inhibit the growth of the Internet, especially as a means of conducting
commercial transactions. See "Business --Network Architecture and -- Legal
Proceedings."
 
     Government Regulations and Legal Uncertainties. There is currently only a
small body of laws and regulations directly applicable to access to or commerce
on the Internet. However, due to the increasing popularity and use of the
Internet, it is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted at
the international, federal, state and local levels with respect to the Internet.
A number of laws and regulations have already been proposed or are currently
being considered by federal, state and foreign legislatures. The nature of any
new laws and regulations and the manner in which existing and new laws and
regulations may be interpreted and enforced cannot be fully determined. The
adoption of any future laws or regulations might decrease the growth of the
Internet, decrease demand for the services of the Company, impose taxes or other
costly technical requirements or otherwise increase the cost of doing business
or in some other manner have a material adverse effect on the Company or its
customers, each of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing issues such as property
ownership, copyrights and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel,
obscenity and personal privacy is uncertain. In addition, as the Company's
services are available over the Internet in multiple states and foreign
countries, and as the Company facilitates sales by its customers to end users
located in such states and foreign countries, such jurisdictions may claim that
the Company is required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in
each such state or foreign country. Any such new legislation or regulation, or
the application of laws or regulations from jurisdictions whose laws may not
currently apply to the Company's business, could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
     Risks Associated with Information Disseminated through the Company's
Network. The law relating to the liability of online services companies and
Internet access providers for information carried on or disseminated through
their networks is currently unsettled. It is possible that claims could be made
against online services companies, co-location companies and Internet access
providers under both United States and foreign law for defamation, negligence,
copyright or trademark infringement, or other theories based on the nature and
content of the materials disseminated through their networks. The Company has in
the past received, and may in the future receive, letters from recipients of
information transmitted by the Company's customers objecting to the nature and
content of the materials disseminated through the Company's networks. Several
private lawsuits seeking to impose such liability upon online services companies
and Internet access providers are currently pending. In addition, legislation
has been proposed that imposes liability for or prohibits the transmission over
the Internet of certain types of information. The imposition upon the Company
and other Internet network providers of potential liability for information
carried on or disseminated through their systems could require the Company to
implement measures to reduce its exposure to such liability, which may require
the expenditure of substantial resources, or to discontinue certain service
offerings. The increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of
these lawsuits and legislative proposals could impact the growth of Internet
use. While the Company carries general liability insurance, it may not be
adequate to compensate or may not cover the Company in the event the Company
becomes liable for information carried on or disseminated through its networks.
Any costs not covered by insurance incurred as a result of such liability or
asserted liability could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, there can
be no assurance that content distributed by certain of the Company's current or
future customers will not be regulated or banned, which could reduce the
Company's customer base. Certain businesses, organizations and individuals have
in the past sent unsolicited commercial e-mails from servers hosted at the
Company's facilities to massive numbers of people, typically to advertise
products or services. This practice, known as "spamming," can lead to complaints
against service
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   15
 
providers that enable such activities, particularly where recipients view the
materials received as offensive. There can be no assurance certain ISPs and
other online services companies would not deny network access to the Company if
undesired content or spamming were to be transmitted from servers hosted by the
Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition.
 
     Limited Protection of Proprietary Technology; Risk of Infringement. The
Company relies on a combination of copyright, trademark, service mark and trade
secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect certain
proprietary rights in its services. The Company has no patented technology that
would preclude or inhibit competitors from entering the Company's market. There
can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company to protect its
intellectual property will prove sufficient to prevent misappropriation of the
Company's technology or to deter independent third-party development of similar
technologies. The laws of certain foreign countries may not protect the
Company's services or intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the
laws of the U.S. To date, the Company has not been notified that the Company
infringes the proprietary rights of third parties, but there can be no assurance
that third parties will not claim infringement by the Company with respect to
current or future products. Any such claim, whether meritorious or not, could be
time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause service delays or require the
Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing
agreements might not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.
As a result, any such claim could have a material adverse effect upon the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
     Uncertain Need and Availability of Additional Funding. The Company expects
to incur significant expenditures as part of its planned expansion, including
increases in sales and marketing expenses and expenditures for new and expanded
co-location facilities. Although the Company believes that, following this
offering, its cash reserves and available borrowings will be adequate to fund
the Company's operations for at least the next 12 months, there can be no
assurance that such sources will be adequate or that additional funds will not
be required either during or after such 12 month period. No assurance can be
given that additional financing will be available or that, if available, it will
be available on terms favorable to the Company or its stockholders. If
additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity securities, the
percentage ownership of the then current stockholders of the Company could be
significantly diluted and such equity securities may have rights, preferences or
privileges senior to those of the holders of the Company's Common Stock. If
adequate funds are not available to satisfy either short or long-term capital
requirements, the Company may be required to limit its operations and expansion
plans significantly, sell assets, or seek to refinance outstanding obligations,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
     Year 2000 Risks. Many currently installed computer systems and software
products are coded to accept only two digit entries in the date code field.
These date code fields will need to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th
century dates. This could result in system failures or miscalculations causing
disruptions of operations including, among other things, a temporary inability
to process transactions, send invoices, or engage in similar normal business
activities. As a result, many companies' software and computer systems may need
to be upgraded or replaced in order to comply with such "Year 2000"
requirements. The Company is in the process of establishing procedures for
evaluating and managing the risks and costs associated with this problem and
believes that its computer systems on a stand-alone basis are currently Year
2000 compliant. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's computer
systems are Year 2000 compliant. In addition, many of the Company's customers'
and suppliers' Internet operations may be impacted by Year 2000 complications.
The failure of the Company's customers or suppliers to ensure that their systems
are Year 2000 compliant could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
customers and suppliers resulting in decreased Internet usage or the delay or
inability to obtain necessary data communication and telecommunication capacity,
which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   16
 
     Substantial Influence by Principal Stockholders, Executive Officers and
Directors. Upon completion of this offering, the Company's executive officers,
directors and greater than 5% stockholders (and their affiliates) will, in the
aggregate, own approximately   % of the Company's outstanding Common Stock. As a
result, such persons, acting together, will have the ability to substantially
influence all matters submitted to stockholders of the Company for approval
(including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation
or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets) and to control the
management and affairs of the Company. Accordingly, such concentration of
ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of the Company, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other
business combination involving the Company or discouraging a potential acquirer
from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the
Company, which in turn could have an adverse effect on the value of the Company.
The Company may reserve up to 5% of the shares offered hereby under a directed
share program for certain suppliers, customers and business associates pursuant
to which such persons would be able to purchase shares from the Underwriters at
the initial public offering price. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
     No Prior Trading Market for the Common Stock; Potential Volatility of Stock
Price. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price will be
determined by negotiation among the Company and the representatives of the
Underwriters and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the
open market. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to be considered
in determining the initial public offering price.
 
     The market price of the shares of Common Stock is likely to be highly
volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors such
as actual or anticipated variations in the Company's results of operations,
announcements of technological innovations, new services introduced by the
Company or its competitors, changes in financial estimates by security analysts,
conditions and trends in the Internet, general market conditions and other
factors. Furthermore, the stock markets, and in particular the Nasdaq National
Market, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have
particularly affected the market prices of equity securities of many technology
companies and that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the
operating performance of such companies. The trading prices of many technology
companies' stocks are at or near historical highs and reflect price to earnings
ratios substantially above historical levels. There can be no assurance that
these trading prices and price to earnings ratios will be sustained. These broad
market factors may adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common
Stock. These market fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and
market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international
currency fluctuations, may adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a
company's securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against
such companies. Such litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial
costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources, which would have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
     Benefits of the Offering to Current Stockholders. This offering is expected
to create a public market for the Company's Common Stock which may result in a
substantial increase in the market value of the initial investments of certain
of the Company's management and existing stockholders. The existing stockholders
of the Company hold           shares of the Company's Common Stock. Based on the
initial public offering price of      per share, the value of the shares held by
the existing stockholders following this offering will be approximately $
million, representing an aggregate increase of approximately $     million over
the amount paid for such shares by the existing stockholders. The Company's
officers, directors and persons or entities known by the Company to beneficially
own 5% or more of the Company's outstanding Common Stock will collectively
beneficially own 1,408,354 shares of the Company's Common Stock prior to the
offering. Based upon the initial public offering price of $     per share, the
value of the shares held by these stockholders will be approximately $
million. See "-- Immediate and Substantial Dilution," "Principal Stockholders."
 
     Antitakeover Effects of Certain Charter Provisions, Bylaws and Delaware
Law. Certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
may have the effect of making it more difficult for a third
                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire,
control of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation which will be effective upon the consummation of this offering,
the Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further vote
or action by the Company's stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common
Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the
holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future (including, but
not limited to, preferences of the Preferred Stock with respect to the payment
of dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up). The issuance of
Preferred Stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with
possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of
making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company. The Company has no present plans to
issue shares of Preferred Stock. In addition, certain provisions of the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation eliminate the right of stockholders to
act by written consent without a meeting. Furthermore, upon the closing of the
offering, the Company will institute a classified Board of Directors such that
approximately only one-third of the members of the Board of Directors are
elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Classified Boards may have the
effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging changes in control of the Company.
Further, certain provisions of Delaware law could delay or make difficult a
merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company. Section 203 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which is applicable to the
Company, prohibits certain business combinations with certain stockholders for a
period of three years after they acquire 15% or more of the outstanding voting
stock of a corporation. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock"
and "-- Antitakeover Effects of Provisions of Certain Charter Provisions, Bylaws
and Delaware Law."
 
     Shares Eligible for Future Sale. Sales of substantial amounts of the
Company's Common Stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding
options and warrants) in the public market after this offering could adversely
affect the market price of the Common Stock. Such sales also might make it more
difficult for the Company to sell equity-related securities in the future at a
time and price that the Company deems appropriate. In addition to the
            shares of Common Stock offered hereby (assuming no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option), as of the date of this Prospectus, there
will be                shares of Common Stock outstanding, all of which are
restricted shares ("Restricted Shares") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"). As of such date, no Restricted Shares will be
eligible for sale in the public market. Following the expiration of 180-day
lock-up agreements with the representatives of the Underwriters,
Restricted Shares will be available for sale in the public market and the
remaining Restricted Shares will be eligible for sale from time to time
thereafter upon expiration of applicable holding periods under Rule 144 under
the Securities Act. In addition, as of             , 1998, there were
outstanding                options and           warrants to purchase Common
Stock (of which warrants for           shares are expected to be exercised on or
before the closing of this offering). CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. may, in its sole
discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the
securities subject to lock-up agreements. In addition, the holders of
               Restricted Shares, options and warrants to purchase
               shares of Common Stock of the Company are entitled to certain
rights with respect to registration of such shares for sale in the public
market. If such holders sell in the public market, such sales could have a
material adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock. See
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
     Immediate and Substantial Dilution. The initial public offering price is
substantially higher than the book value per share of the outstanding Common
Stock. As a result, investors purchasing Common Stock in this offering will
incur immediate and substantial dilution of $     per share. In addition, the
Company has issued options and warrants to acquire Common Stock at prices
significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent such
outstanding options and warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution.
See "Dilution" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   18
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the             shares of
Common Stock offered hereby will be approximately $          (approximately
$          if the Underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised in full)
assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share and after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by the Company.
 
     The Company currently expects to use approximately $10 to $15 million of
the net proceeds of this offering for increased sales and marketing activities
and approximately $20 to $25 million of such net proceeds for capital
expenditures associated with the development of the Company's planned second
Northern California ISX facility. The Company may use a portion of the net
proceeds of this offering for acquisitions of, or strategic investments in,
complementary businesses and technologies, including potential strategic
investments in companies developing ISX facilities in Europe and Asia. The
Company currently has no commitments or binding agreements with respect to any
such acquisitions or investments. The balance of the net proceeds of this
offering will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Pending use of the net proceeds for the above purposes, the Company plans to
invest such funds in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its capital stock.
The Company currently expects to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the
operation and expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying any cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company's debt facilities contain
restrictive covenants that limit the Company's ability to pay cash dividends
without the prior written consent of the lender.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
September 30, 1998: (i) on an actual basis; (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect
(a) the filing of an amendment to the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to provide for authorized capital stock of 60,000,000 shares of
Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock, (b) the
issuance of 197,978 shares of Series B Preferred Stock upon the exercise of
outstanding warrants, (c) the expensing of approximately $467,000 of deferred
stock compensation upon the closing of this offering, and (d) the conversion of
all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock
immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and (iii) on a pro forma
basis as adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of        shares of Common
Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per
share after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company. The capitalization information set
forth in the table below is qualified by and should be read in conjunction with
the more detailed Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                          ACTUAL       PRO FORMA       AS ADJUSTED
                                                          -------    --------------    -----------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>               <C>
Long term obligations, less current portion.............    6,513          6,513           6,513
                                                          -------       --------         -------
Stockholders' equity(1):
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 8,000,000 shares
     authorized; 11,494,500 shares issued and
     outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized,
     no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro
     forma as adjusted..................................   21,224             --              --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value; 12,000,000 shares
     authorized, 815,840 shares issued and outstanding,
     actual; 60,000,000 shares authorized, 12,508,318
     shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
     60,000,000 shares authorized,           shares
     issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted......       69         21,540
  Common stock options..................................    2,614          2,614           2,614
  Deferred stock compensation...........................     (566)           (99)            (99)
  Accumulated deficit...................................  (10,656)       (11,123)        (11,123)
                                                          -------       --------         -------
     Total stockholders' equity.........................   12,685         12,932
                                                          -------       --------         -------
Total capitalization....................................  $19,198       $ 19,445         $
                                                          =======       ========         =======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Excludes as of September 30, 1998: (i) 2,489,220 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of options outstanding under the Company's 1996 and
    1997 Stock Option Plans and non-plan options at a weighted average exercise
    price of $2.08 per share and 506,972 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    future issuance thereunder and (ii) 91,750 shares of Common Stock issuable
    upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price
    of $3.53 per share and (iii) 20,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
    exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of 80% of the initial
    public offering price. Does not include an aggregate of 2,750,000 shares of
    Common Stock reserved for future issuance after this offering under the
    Company's 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
    See "Management -- Stock Incentive Plan" and "-- Employee Stock Purchase
    Plan" and Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
                                    DILUTION
 
     The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock as of
September 30, 1998, giving effect to (i) the issuance of 197,978 shares of
Series B Preferred Stock upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and (ii) the
conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock
immediately prior to the closing of this offering, was $12,932,200, or
approximately $1.03 per share. "Pro forma net tangible book value" per share
represents the amount of total tangible assets of the Company less total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on an
as-converted basis. The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of
September 30, 1998 would have been approximately $          , or $     per share
after giving effect to the sale of        shares of Common Stock offered by the
Company in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of
$     per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of
$     per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $     per
share to investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering. The
following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............             $
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of
     September 30, 1998.....................................  $  1.03
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..........
                                                              -------
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after
  offering..................................................
                                                                         --------
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new
  investors.................................................             $
                                                                         ========
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30,
1998, the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from
the Company, the total consideration paid to the Company and the average price
per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares
in this offering before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company at the
assumed initial offering price of $     per share.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       SHARES PURCHASED        TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                    ----------------------    ----------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                      NUMBER       PERCENT      AMOUNT       PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                    -----------    -------    -----------    -------    -------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders(1)..........   12,508,318          %    $21,540,600          %      $
New investors.....................
                                    -----------     -----     -----------     -----
          Total...................                  100.0%    $               100.0%
                                    ===========     =====     ===========     =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Excludes as of September 30, 1998: (i) 2,489,220 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of options outstanding under the Company's 1996 and
    1997 Stock Option Plans and under non-plan options at a weighted average
    exercise price of $2.08 per share and 506,972 shares of Common Stock
    reserved for future issuance thereunder and (ii) 91,750 shares of Common
    Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average
    exercise price of $3.53 per share and (iii) 20,000 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of 80%
    of the initial public offering price. Does not include an aggregate of
    2,750,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance after this
    offering under the Company's 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 1998 Employee
    Stock Purchase Plan. See "Management -- Stock Incentive Plan" and "--
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan" and Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
                       SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
     The following selected financial data as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and for
the period from March 8, 1996 to June 30, 1996 and for each of the two years in
the period ended June 30, 1998 are derived from the Financial Statements of the
Company which have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors,
and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected balance sheet data
as of June 30, 1996 are derived from the Company's unaudited financial
statements not included herein. The statement of operations data for the three
month periods ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 and the balance sheet at
September 30, 1998 are derived from unaudited interim financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have
been prepared by the Company on a basis consistent with the Company's audited
financial statements and include, in the opinion of the Company, all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair
presentation of the Company's results of operations for those periods and
financial position as of those dates. The financial data are qualified by
reference to and should be read in conjunction with the Company's Financial
Statements, related Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            THREE MONTHS
                                               PERIOD FROM                                      ENDED
                                              MARCH 8, 1996      YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              (INCEPTION) TO    ----------------------    -----------------
                                              JUNE 30, 1996      1997           1998       1997      1998
                                              --------------    -------        -------    ------    -------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND CUSTOMER DATA)
<S>                                           <C>               <C>            <C>        <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues....................................      $   79        $   552        $ 3,436    $  431    $ 1,793
                                                  ------        -------        -------    ------    -------
Costs and expenses:
  Data communications and
    telecommunications......................          --            559          2,200       256      1,080
  Network operations........................          20            417          1,572       222        773
  Sales and marketing.......................          19            382          1,618       259      1,356
  General and administrative................          66            434          1,621       199        812
  Depreciation and amortization.............          52            133            476        86        660
  Stock-based compensation expense..........          --             --          1,276        14        436
  Joint venture termination fee.............          --            431             --        --         --
                                                  ------        -------        -------    ------    -------
         Total costs and expenses...........         157          2,356          8,763     1,036      5,117
                                                  ------        -------        -------    ------    -------
Loss from operations........................         (78)        (1,804)        (5,327)     (605)    (3,324)
Interest expense............................          --             (7)          (161)      (59)      (148)
Interest income.............................          --              8             63         2        121
                                                  ------        -------        -------    ------    -------
Net loss....................................      $  (78)       $(1,803)       $(5,425)   $ (662)   $(3,351)
                                                  ======        =======        =======    ======    =======
Basic and diluted loss per share(1).........      $(0.39)       $ (5.73)       $(12.93)   $(1.96)   $ (4.59)
                                                  ======        =======        =======    ======    =======
Shares used in basic and diluted loss per
  share(1)..................................         200            315            420       337        730
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Capital expenditures(2).....................      $  101        $   850        $ 4,145    $  171    $ 7,339
Number of customers at period end...........          10            110            278       146        316
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     JUNE 30,
                                                          ------------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996        1997        1998          1998
                                                          -----      ------      -------    -------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and equivalents....................................  $  89      $  331      $ 8,141       $10,626
Working capital (deficit)...............................     88        (946)       5,061         7,114
Total assets............................................    151       1,171       13,693        24,986
Long-term obligations, net of current portion...........    210         116        9,325         6,513
Total stockholders' equity (deficiency).................    (73)       (262)         661        12,685
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) See Notes 1 and 7 of Notes to Financial Statements for the determination of
    shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per share.
 
(2) Capital expenditures represent purchases of property and equipment,
    including non-cash transactions such as the acquisition of equipment under
    capital lease.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following description of the Company's financial condition and results
of operations should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and
the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This discussion
contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve
risks and uncertainties. Any statements contained herein that are not statements
of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. For example,
the words "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects," "intends" and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The Company's
actual results and the timing of certain events may differ significantly from
the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might
cause such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those discussed in
"Risk Factors," "Business" and elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Company's
fiscal year ends on June 30. The fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 is referred to
as fiscal 1997 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 is referred to as fiscal
1998.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     AboveNet is a leading provider of high performance, managed co-location and
Internet connectivity solutions for electronic commerce and other
mission-critical Internet operations. The Company was founded in March 1996 and,
in July 1996, it began providing co-location and Internet connectivity services
to content providers at its San Jose, California facility. In August 1997, the
Company expanded its service offerings to provide co-location and Internet
connectivity services to ISPs, enabling the development of the Company's ISX
model. In July 1998, the Company opened its second ISX facility in Vienna,
Virginia and completed the expansion of its San Jose ISX facility with the
addition of approximately 7,000 square feet.
    
 
     The Company derives most of its revenues from bandwidth charges, with
additional revenues generated from charges related to space requirements and
one-time installation fees. Bandwidth and space requirement charges are billed
on a monthly basis. Space requirement charges include access to the Company's
network, proprietary tools and management services. The Company charges its
customers for a set amount of bandwidth availability and charges incremental
fees if the customer uses additional bandwidth. The Company's contracts range
from month to month to multiple year commitments, a majority of which are
cancelable on 30 days' notice. Revenues relating to bandwidth usage and space
requirement charges are generally recognized in the period in which the services
are performed. Installation fees are recognized in the period of installation.
See "Risk Factors -- Need to Grow and Retain Customer Base; Lengthy Sales
Cycle."
 
     A significant component of the Company's expenses relates to data
communications and telecommunications. Data communications costs consist
primarily of payments to network providers, such as MCI WorldCom and Sprint.
Telecommunications charges consist of one time fees for circuit installation and
variable recurring circuit charges. Monthly circuit charges vary based upon
circuit type, the distance the circuit spans and/or the circuit usage, as well
as the term of the contract.
 
   
     The Company intends to develop a second, significantly larger ISX facility
in San Jose, California by the fall of 1999. The development and equipping of
this facility will significantly increase the Company's fixed and operating
expenses, including expenses associated with hiring, training and managing new
employees, purchasing new equipment, implementing power and redundancy systems,
implementing multiple data communication and telecommunication connections,
leasing additional real estate and depreciation. The Company's ability to
complete this expansion, on a timely basis and within the cost anticipated, is
dependent on a number of factors. In addition there can be no assurance that the
Company has accurately anticipated the customer demand for such new facilities
or that the Company will be able to attract a sufficient number of customers to
offset the additional expenses. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with
Recent and Planned Business Expansion."
    
 
     A key aspect of the Company's strategy is to significantly increase its
sales and marketing activities through the expansion of its sales force,
increased focus on developing reseller channels and increased marketing efforts
to build the AboveNet brand. In April 1998, the Company hired its Senior Vice
President of Sales and Marketing and engaged an outside public relations firm.
Prior to that time, the Company had undertaken no significant
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
marketing activities. As a result, the Company expects sales and marketing
expenses to increase substantially in future periods. See "Risk Factors -- Need
to Grow and Retain Customer Base; Lengthy Sales Cycle."
 
     The Company has recently hired many of its key employees and officers. The
Company's President and Chief Operating Officer joined the Company in November
1997. The Company's Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing joined the
Company in April 1998. The Company's Vice President of Sales, Vice President of
Construction and Real Estate and Vice President of International -- Europe all
joined the Company in August 1998. See "Risk Factors -- Management of Growth;
Dependence on Key Personnel."
 
     During late fiscal 1997 and 1998, the Company granted stock options and
warrants to strategic business partners and non-employees. Additionally, during
fiscal 1998 and the first quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company granted a key
executive stock options at an exercise price below market. As a result, the
Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $1.3
million and $436,000 in fiscal 1998 and the first quarter of fiscal 1999,
respectively. In addition, as a result of the acceleration of the vesting of
certain options upon the closing of the offering, the Company expects to
recognize an additional approximately $467,000 in stock-based compensation
expense in the quarter in which the offering closes.
 
     Since its inception in March 1996, the Company has experienced operating
losses and negative cash flows from operations in each quarterly and annual
period. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had an accumulated deficit of
approximately $10.7 million. The revenue and income potential of the Company's
business and market is unproven, and the Company's limited operating history
makes an evaluation of the Company and its prospects difficult. In addition,
although the Company has experienced significant growth in revenues in recent
periods, the Company does not believe that this growth rate is necessarily
indicative of future operating results. There can be no assurance that the
Company will ever achieve profitability on a quarterly or an annual basis or, if
achieved, will sustain profitability. See "Risk Factors -- Limited Operating
History; History of Losses; Expected Continued Losses."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data as a
percentage of revenues for the period from March 8, 1996 (Inception) to June 30,
1996, for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended
September 30, 1997 and 1998. This information should be read in conjunction with
the Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PERIOD FROM          YEAR ENDED       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                   MARCH 8, 1996          JUNE 30,          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                    (INCEPTION)       ----------------    ------------------
                                  TO JUNE 30, 1996     1997      1998      1997       1998
                                  ----------------    ------    ------    -------    -------
<S>                               <C>                 <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Revenues........................       100.0%          100.0%    100.0%    100.0%     100.0%
                                       -----          ------    ------    ------     ------
Costs and expenses:
  Data communications and
     telecommunications.........          --           101.3      64.0      59.4       60.2
  Network operations............        24.7            75.5      45.7      51.5       43.1
  Sales and marketing...........        24.3            69.4      47.1      60.0       75.6
  General and administrative....        84.1            78.6      47.2      46.2       45.3
  Depreciation and
     amortization...............        65.6            24.1      13.8      20.0       36.8
  Stock-based compensation
     expense....................          --              --      37.2       3.3       24.4
  Joint venture termination
     fee........................          --            78.1        --        --         --
                                       -----          ------    ------    ------     ------
          Total costs and
            expenses............       198.7           427.0     255.0     240.4      285.4
                                       -----          ------    ------    ------     ------
Loss from operations............       (98.7)         (327.0)   (155.0)   (140.4)    (185.4)
Interest income (expense),
  net...........................          --             0.2      (2.9)    (13.2)      (1.5)
                                       -----          ------    ------    ------     ------
Net loss........................       (98.7)%        (326.8)%  (157.9)%  (153.6)%   (186.9)%
                                       =====          ======    ======    ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   24
 
COMPARISON OF THE QUARTERS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1998
 
     Revenues. The Company derives most of its revenues from monthly bandwidth
charges, with additional revenues from space requirement charges and one-time
installation fees. The Company's revenues increased 316% from $431,000 in the
quarter ended September 30, 1997, to $1.8 million in the quarter ended September
30, 1998. This growth in revenues resulted primarily from an increase in the
number of customers, from 146 customers at September 30, 1997 to 316 customers
at September 30, 1998. One customer, Supernews, Inc., accounted for 10% of
revenues in the quarter ended September 30, 1997 and 11% of revenues in the
quarter ended September 30, 1998. The Company's agreement with SuperNews has a
term of one year which expires July 1999 and does not contain any minimum
bandwidth usage requirements.
 
     Data Communications and Telecommunications. Data communications costs
consist primarily of payments to network providers, such as WinStar
Communications, Inc., MCI WorldCom and Sprint. Telecommunications charges
consist of one-time fees for circuit installation and variable recurring circuit
charges. The Company's data communications and telecommunications expenses
increased 322% from $256,000 in the quarter ended September 30, 1997, to $1.1
million in the quarter ended September 30, 1998. The increase is due to the
growth in the Company's customer base and usage of additional bandwidth. The
Company expects that data communications and telecommunications costs will
continue to increase in absolute dollars as the Company continues to expand its
network infrastructure.
 
     Network Operations. Network operations expenses are comprised primarily of
salaries, benefits and related expenses for the Company's operations and
engineering personnel, as well as facility rent and expenses associated with
maintaining the Company's co-location facilities. The Company's network
operations expenses increased 248% from $222,000 in the quarter ended September
30, 1997, to $773,000 in the quarter ended September 30, 1998. The increase is
primarily due to the hiring of additional operations and engineering personnel
and the costs associated therewith. The Company expects that network operations
expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as the Company hires
additional personnel to expand its operations.
 
     Sales and Marketing. The Company's sales and marketing expenses are
primarily comprised of salaries, commissions and benefits related to the
Company's sales and marketing personnel, the cost of the Company's marketing and
promotional efforts, including advertising, printing and trade show costs, as
well as related consultants' fees and travel and entertainment expenses. Sales
and marketing expenses increased 424% from $259,000 in the quarter ended
September 30, 1997, to $1.4 million in the quarter ended September 30, 1998. Of
this increase, approximately $0.4 million was due to increased compensation and
related expenses resulting from the hiring of additional sales and marketing
personnel. The increase was also attributable to increases in trade show,
advertising and marketing program expenses. The Company expects that sales and
marketing expenses will increase substantially in future periods as the Company
continues to expand its sales force and its brand-building activities. The
Company expects to use approximately $10 to $15 million of the net proceeds of
the offering for sales and marketing expenses.
 
     General and Administrative. The Company's general and administrative
expenses are comprised primarily of salaries and benefits for the Company's
management and administrative personnel, as well as fees paid for professional
services and corporate overhead. General and administrative expenses increased
309% from $199,000 in the quarter ended September 30, 1997, to $813,000 in the
quarter ended September 30, 1998. Of this increase, approximately $0.2 million
was due to increased compensation and related benefits associated with
additional personnel in management, finance and administration. In addition,
general and administrative expenses increased as a result of increases in
professional services fees, an increase in the Company's accounts receivable
reserve and the costs associated with supporting the Company's expansion. The
Company expects that general and administrative expenses will continue to
increase in absolute dollars as the Company expands its operations and incurs
the higher costs associated with being a publicly-traded company.
 
     Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses
relate primarily to the Company's facility improvement and construction efforts
as well as telecommunications equipment. The Company's depreciation and
amortization expenses increased 664% from $86,000 in the quarter ended September
30, 1997 to $660,000 in the quarter ended September 30, 1998. The increase is
due to additional
                                       23
<PAGE>   25
 
capital expenditures incurred during fiscal 1998 and 1999, primarily for
facility improvement and construction costs and telecommunications equipment.
The Company expects to incur increased depreciation and amortization expenses
related to its planned new ISX facility in San Jose, California. Furthermore,
the Company recognized a loss on disposal of assets of $186,000 in the quarter
ended September 30, 1998. The loss is attributed to the retirement of certain
assets and the demolition of previously capitalized facility improvement costs
in connection with the Company's recent expansion.
 
     Stock-based Compensation. During fiscal 1998 and 1999, the Company granted
to a key executive stock options at an exercise price below market.
Additionally, during late fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998 and 1999, the Company
granted stock options and warrants to strategic business partners and
non-employees. Stock-based compensation expense related to these issuances was
$14,000 and $436,000 for the quarters ended September 30, 1997 and 1998,
respectively. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had $566,000 in deferred
stock compensation, which will continue to be amortized through fiscal 2000;
however, as the vesting of certain of these options accelerates upon the closing
of this offering, any unamortized deferred compensation relating to these
options (approximately $467,000 at September 30, 1998) will be recognized in the
quarter this offering closes.
 
     Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net was
$(57,000) in the quarter ended September 30, 1997 compared to $(27,000) in the
quarter ended September 30, 1998. During the first quarter of fiscal 1998, the
Company recognized interest expense of $56,000 relating to the issuance of
warrants associated with the Company's Series B Preferred Stock offering.
Interest expense for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 primarily relates to
increased borrowings to finance equipment purchases and improvements to the
Company's San Jose, California ISX facility and construction of its Vienna,
Virginia ISX facility. The Company expects that interest expense will continue
to increase in absolute dollars as the Company enters into additional equipment
leases and borrowing facilities to finance expansion, including the development
of its planned second ISX facility in San Jose, California.
 
COMPARISON OF FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998
 
     Revenues. The Company's revenues increased 523% from $552,000 in fiscal
1997 to $3.4 million in fiscal 1998. This growth in revenues resulted primarily
from an increase in the number of customers, from 110 customers at June 30, 1997
to 278 customers at June 30, 1998. One customer, Supernews, Inc., accounted for
12% of revenues in fiscal 1997 and 14% of revenues in fiscal 1998.
 
     Data Communications and Telecommunications. The Company's data
communications and telecommunications expenses increased 294% from $559,000 in
fiscal 1997 to $2.2 million in fiscal 1998. This increase is primarily due to
the growth in the Company's customer base and usage of additional bandwidth.
 
     Network Operations. The Company's network operations expenses increased
277% from $417,000 in fiscal 1997 to $1.6 million in fiscal 1998. The increase
is primarily due to the hiring of additional operations and engineering
personnel and the costs associated therewith.
 
     Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased 323% from
$383,000 in fiscal 1997 to $1.6 million in fiscal 1998. Sales and marketing
expenses as a percentage of total revenues decreased from 69% in fiscal 1997 to
47% in fiscal 1998. Of this increase, approximately $0.7 million was due to
increased compensation and related expenses as the result of the hiring of
additional sales and marketing personnel. The increase was also attributable to
increased marketing program, trade show and advertising expenses. The decrease
as a percentage of revenue in fiscal 1998 was primarily due to increased
revenues associated with higher bandwidth utilization among the existing
customer base, which had lower associated sales and marketing expenses.
 
     General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
274% from $434,000 in fiscal 1997 to $1.6 million in fiscal 1998. General and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 79% in fiscal
1997 to 47% in fiscal 1998 due to the increase in revenues. Of this increase,
approximately $0.5 million was due to increased compensation and related
benefits associated with additional personnel in management, finance and
administration, while the remaining increase was primarily attributable to the
costs associated with supporting the Company's expansion.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   26
 
     Depreciation and amortization. The Company's depreciation and amortization
expenses increased 258% from $133,000 in fiscal 1997 to $476,000 in fiscal 1998.
The increase is due to additional capital expenditures incurred during fiscal
1998, primarily for telecommunications equipment.
 
     Stock-Based Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense during fiscal
1997 and fiscal 1998 was zero and $1.3 million, respectively. Stock-based
compensation in fiscal 1998 related to services rendered during fiscal 1998 and
the acceleration of the vesting during the fourth quarter of 1998 of certain
non-employee stock option and warrant grants.
 
     Joint Venture Termination Fee. In fiscal 1996, the Company entered into a
joint venture agreement (the "DSK Agreement") with DSK, Inc. ("DSK") to
cooperatively market and develop the Company's services. The Company paid
$33,700 to DSK during the year ended June 30, 1997 related to the DSK Agreement.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company terminated the DSK Agreement
and hired the majority shareholders of DSK as employees or consultants by
issuing 800,000 fully vested shares of Series B Preferred Stock with a fair
value of $0.75 per share, or $600,000, for the outstanding shares of common
stock of DSK. The Company recorded the transaction by allocating the value of
the shares issued to property and equipment (at DSK's net book value of
$169,000, which approximated fair market value), with the balance of $431,000
reflected as a joint venture termination fee.
 
     Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net decreased
from $1,000 in fiscal 1997 to $(98,000) in fiscal 1998. The decrease was
primarily the result of higher interest expense related to the issuance of stock
purchase warrants in conjunction with the issuance of the Company's convertible
debt during the first half of fiscal 1998 as well as increased borrowings to
finance equipment purchases and improvements to its San Jose, California ISX
facility and construction of its Vienna, Virginia ISX facility. The Company
expects that interest expense will continue to increase in absolute dollars as
the Company enters into additional equipment leases and borrowing facilities to
finance expansion, including the development of its planned second ISX facility
in San Jose, California.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   27
 
INCEPTION THROUGH JUNE 30, 1996
 
     The Company generated $79,000 in revenues in the period from inception to
June 30, 1996, primarily as a result of consulting services provided as the
Company was developing its tools and preparing to commence its current
co-location and Internet connectivity operations. The Company's costs and
expenses during this period consisted primarily of salaries, depreciation and
amortization expenses and consulting services. Given the stage of the Company's
business and the shortness of the period, the Company does not believe that the
results of operations for this period are comparable to fiscal 1997.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following tables set forth certain unaudited statement of operations
data for the nine quarters ended September 30, 1998, as well as the percentage
of the Company's revenues represented by each item. This data has been derived
from unaudited interim financial statements prepared on the same basis as the
audited Financial Statements contained herein and, in the opinion of management,
include all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that
the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of such information when
read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The operating results for any quarter should not
be considered indicative of results of any future period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             SEP. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,   JUNE 30,    SEP. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,    JUNE 30,    SEP. 30,
                               1996       1996       1997       1997        1997       1997       1998        1998        1998
                             --------   --------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues...................  $  22.4    $ 100.2    $ 183.7    $   245.3   $  430.9   $  674.6   $   963.3   $ 1,367.6   $ 1,793.1
                             -------    -------    -------    ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Costs and expenses:
  Data communications and
    telecommunications.....     20.7       93.9      170.1        273.9      256.0      372.8       639.1       931.9     1,079.9
  Network operations.......      5.6       32.8      185.4        192.9      221.8      222.8       411.8       715.4       772.8
  Sales and marketing......     41.3       78.5      103.9        158.9      258.6      216.4       433.4       710.3     1,355.8
  General and
    administrative.........     51.4       54.9      132.5        194.9      198.9      276.9       483.8       661.9       812.7
  Depreciation and
    amortization...........     15.7       22.7       44.9         49.4       86.4       95.4       117.6       176.1       659.8
  Stock-based compensation
    expense................       --         --         --           --       14.3       35.1       459.6       767.4       436.2
  Joint venture termination
    fee....................       --         --         --        431.1         --         --          --          --          --
                             -------    -------    -------    ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
        Total costs and
          expenses.........    134.7      282.8      636.8      1,301.1    1,036.0    1,219.4     2,545.3     3,963.0     5,117.2
                             -------    -------    -------    ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Loss from operations.......   (112.3)    (182.6)    (453.1)    (1,055.8)    (605.1)    (544.8)   (1,582.0)   (2,595.4)   (3,324.1)
Interest expense...........       --         --         --         (7.4)     (58.8)     (67.0)       (2.6)      (32.4)     (147.6)
Interest income............      4.2        0.8        1.7          1.7        1.9        7.4        22.0        31.8       120.8
                             -------    -------    -------    ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Net loss...................  $(108.1)   $(181.8)   $(451.4)   $(1,061.5)  $ (662.0)  $ (604.4)  $(1,562.6)  $(2,596.0)  $(3,350.9)
                             =======    =======    =======    =========   ========   ========   =========   =========   =========
</TABLE>
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   28
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             SEP. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,   JUNE 30,    SEP. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,    JUNE 30,    SEP. 30,
                               1996       1996       1997       1997        1997       1997       1998        1998        1998
                             --------   --------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues...................    100.0%     100.0%     100.0%       100.0%     100.0%     100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
                             -------    -------    -------    ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Costs and expenses:
  Data communications and
    telecommunications.....     92.4       93.7       92.6        111.7       59.4       55.3        66.3        68.2        60.2
  Network operations.......     25.0       32.7      100.9         78.6       51.5       33.0        42.8        52.3        43.1
  Sales and marketing......    184.4       78.3       56.6         64.8       60.0       32.1        45.0        51.9        75.6
  General and
    administrative.........    229.5       54.8       72.1         79.5       46.2       41.1        50.2        48.4        45.3
  Depreciation and
    amortization...........     70.0       22.7       24.4         20.1       20.0       14.1        12.2        12.9        36.8
  Stock-based compensation
    expense................       --         --         --           --        3.3        5.2        47.7        56.1        24.4
  Joint venture termination
    fee....................       --         --         --        175.7         --         --          --          --
                             -------    -------    -------    ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
        Total costs and
          expenses.........    601.3      282.2      346.6        530.4      240.4      180.8       264.2       289.8       285.4
                             -------    -------    -------    ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Loss from operations.......   (501.3)    (182.2)    (246.6)      (430.4)    (140.4)     (80.8)     (164.2)     (189.8)     (185.4)
Interest expense...........       --         --         --         (3.0)     (13.6)      (9.9)       (0.3)       (2.3)       (8.2)
Interest income............     18.7        0.8        0.9          0.7        0.4        1.1         2.3         2.3         6.7
                             -------    -------    -------    ---------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Net loss...................   (482.6)%   (181.4)%   (245.7)%     (432.7)%   (153.6)%    (89.6)%    (162.2)%    (189.8)%    (186.9)%
                             =======    =======    =======    =========   ========   ========   =========   =========   =========
</TABLE>
 
FACTORS AFFECTING OPERATING RESULTS
 
     The Company has experienced significant fluctuations in its results of
operations on a quarterly and annual basis. The Company expects to continue to
experience significant fluctuations in its future quarterly and annual results
of operations due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside the
Company's control, including: demand for and market acceptance of the Company's
services; capacity utilization of its ISX facilities; fluctuations in data
communications and telecommunications costs; reliable continuity of service and
network availability; customer retention; the timing and success of marketing
efforts by the Company; the timing and magnitude of capital expenditures,
including costs relating to the expansion of operations; the timely expansion of
existing facilities and completion of new facilities; the ability to increase
bandwidth as necessary; fluctuations in bandwidth used by customers; the timing
and magnitude of expenditures for sales and marketing; introductions of new
services or enhancements by the Company and its competitors; the timing of
customer installations and related payments; the ability to maintain or increase
peering relationships; provisions for customer discounts and credits; the
introduction by third parties of new Internet services; increased competition in
the Company's markets; growth of Internet use and establishment of Internet
operations by mainstream enterprises; changes in the pricing policies of the
Company and its competitors; changes in regulatory laws and policies; economic
conditions specific to the Internet industry; and general economic factors. In
addition, a relatively large portion of the Company's expenses are fixed in the
short-term, particularly with respect to data communications and
telecommunications costs, depreciation, real estate, interest expenses and
personnel, and therefore the Company's future results of operations will be
particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. In addition, the Company
expects to incur compensation costs related to certain option grants and
warrants. Furthermore, although the Company has not encountered significant
difficulties in collecting its accounts receivable in the past, many of the
Company's customers are in an emerging stage, and there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to collect receivables on a timely basis. The Company
also expects that its sales may be affected by seasonality trends with decreased
revenues during the summer months. Due to all of the foregoing factors, the
Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its results of operations
are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of
future performance. See "Risk Factors -- Need to Grow and Retain Customer Base;
Lengthy Sales Cycle," "-- Potential Fluctuations in Results of Operations,"
"-- Risks Associated with Recent and Planned Business Expansion," "-- Intense
Competition," and "-- Management of Growth; Dependence on Key Personnel."
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   29
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates. This could
result in system failures or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations
including, among other things, a temporary inability to process transactions,
send invoices, or engage in similar normal business activities. As a result,
many companies' software and computer systems may need to be upgraded or
replaced in order to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements.
 
     The Company has begun the first phase of its Year 2000 readiness review.
The review will include assessment, implementation, testing and contingency
planning. To date, the Company has evaluated its internally developed software
and believes that such software is Year 2000 compliant. However, the Company
utilizes software and hardware developed by third parties both for its network
and internal information systems. The Company has not done any testing of such
third party software to determine if such software is Year 2000 compliant. The
Company has sought assurances from certain of its vendors, and intends to
continue to seek assurances from others, that such vendors products are or will
be Year 2000 compliant.
 
     The Company expects to continue assessing and testing its internal
information technology ("IT") and non-IT systems into 1999. The Company is not
currently aware of any material operations issues or costs associated with
preparing its internal IT and non-IT systems for the Year 2000. However, the
Company may experience material unanticipated problems and costs caused by
undetected errors or defects in the technology used in its internal IT and
non-IT systems.
 
     Based upon the public filings and press releases of the Company's primary
equipment, telecommunications and data communications providers, the Company is
aware that all such providers are in the process or reviewing and implementing
their own Year 2000 compliance programs. Since the Company does not believe that
it will be afforded the opportunity to test the systems of these providers, it
will seek assurances from them that they are Year 2000 compliant. If the
Company's primary vendors experience business interruptions as a result of the
failure to achieve Year 2000 compliance, the Company's ability to provide
Internet connectivity could be impaired, which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
     The Company does not currently have any information regarding the Year 2000
status of its customers, most of whom are private companies. However, the
Company is in the process of developing a plan to survey all of its customers
regarding their Year 2000 compliance. As is the case with similarly situated
companies, if the Company's customers experience Year 2000 problems, which
result in business interruptions or otherwise impact their operations, the
Company could experience a decrease in the demand for its services, which could
have a material adverse impact on its business, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
     The Company has not incurred any significant expenses to date associated
with its Year 2000 plan and is not aware of any material costs associated with
its anticipated Year 2000 efforts. The Company believes that a material loss of
revenues that could materially adversely affect the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition would arise only if the Company's major
customers or providers fail to achieve Year 2000 readiness. The Company has not
yet developed a comprehensive contingency plan to address the issues which could
result from such failure.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company has financed its operations principally from the private sale
of equity securities and, to a lesser extent, lease financing. The Company had
cash and cash equivalents of approximately $10.6 million as of September 30,
1998.
 
     Net cash used in operating activities was $331,000 and $2.3 million for the
quarters ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $777,000 and $1.8
million for fiscal years 1997 and 1998, respectively. Net cash used in operating
activities is primarily attributable to the Company's net losses, partially
offset by depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and
increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
                                       28
<PAGE>   30
 
     Net cash used by investing activities was $171,000 and $8.3 million for the
quarters ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $475,000 and $3.7
million in fiscal years 1997 and 1998, respectively. Net cash used by investing
activities consists primarily of purchases of property and equipment, including
costs associated with the establishment of the Company's ISX facility in Vienna,
Virginia and the expansion of the Company's ISX facility in San Jose,
California. In addition, for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, the Company
purchased $1.0 million of short term investments.
 
     Net cash provided by financing activities was $242,000 and $13.1 million
for the quarters ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $1.5
million and $13.3 million in fiscal years 1997 and 1998, respectively. Net cash
provided by financing activities for the quarter ended September 30, 1997 and in
fiscal 1998 resulted primarily from the sale of notes and advances, partially
offset by debt and capital lease repayments. Net cash provided by financing
activities for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 resulted primarily from the
issuance of convertible preferred stock and utilization of the Company's
equipment financing facility, partially offset by debt and capital lease
repayments.
 
   
     The Company had working capital of $7.1 million as of September 30, 1998.
In addition, the Company has a $15.0 million equipment financing facility, $6.0
of which is not available until the completion of this offering. As of September
30, 1998, there was $8.4 million of borrowings under this facility. Borrowings
outstanding under these facilities are payable in 42 monthly installments and
bear interest at 14.7%. The Company also has a $2.5 million equipment lease
facility, $550,000 of which was used at September 30, 1998. Finally, the Company
has a $750,000 line of credit facility with a bank, none of which was
outstanding at September 30, 1998. Borrowings under the line of credit facility
bear interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1% (9.5% at September 30, 1998) and
the line of credit facility expires in May 1999. The line of credit agreement
requires, among other things, that the Company satisfy certain financial
covenants. As of June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, the Company was not in
compliance with the profitability covenant of its revolving line of credit
agreement. The Company obtained waivers with respect to its covenant from the
bank as of June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, and is in the process of
renegotiating the covenant terms with the bank. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be successful in renegotiating such terms or that the Company
will be in compliance with the financial covenant or any other covenant of the
revolving line of credit agreement. Any failure to satisfy the terms of the
agreement could prevent the Company from being able to draw down amounts under
the revolving line of credit agreement or cause the bank to accelerate the
Company's repayment with respect to any outstanding amounts under the revolving
line of credit. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had not drawn down any
amounts under the revolving line of credit.
    
 
     The Company currently expects to utilize $20 to $25 million of the net
proceeds of this offering for capital expenditures in connection with the
development of the Company's planned second ISX facility in San Jose,
California.
 
     The Company believes that the net proceeds from this offering, together
with existing cash balances and financing arrangements, will provide the Company
with sufficient funds to finance its operations through at least the next twelve
months. Thereafter, the Company may require additional funds to support its
working capital requirements or for other uses and may seek to raise additional
funds through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources. No
assurance can be given that additional financing will be available or that, if
available, such financing will be obtainable on terms favorable to the Company
and its stockholders. See "Risk Factors -- Uncertain Need and Availability of
Additional Funding" and "Use of Proceeds."
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   31
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
     The following description of the Company's business should be read in
conjunction with the information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This
description contains certain forward-looking statements based upon current
expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Any statements contained
herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be
forward-looking statements. For example, the words "believes," "anticipates,"
"plans," "expects," "intends" and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. The Company's actual results and the timing of
certain events may differ significantly from the results discussed in the
forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a discrepancy include,
but are limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
   
     AboveNet is a leading provider of high performance, managed co-location and
Internet connectivity solutions for electronic commerce and other
mission-critical Internet operations. AboveNet has developed a network
architecture based upon two strategically located, fault-tolerant facilities
that combine content co-location services with direct ISP access to create
Internet Service Exchanges ("ISXs"). As of September 30, 1998, the Company had
171 direct public and private data exchange connections, known as peering
arrangements, including relationships with all top-tier network providers. The
Company's network architecture and extensive peering relationships are designed
to reduce the number of network connections or "hops" for data travelling across
the Internet. Furthermore, the convergence of content providers and ISPs at
AboveNet's ISXs enables AboveNet's ISP customers to provide their users with
"one hop" connectivity, through AboveNet's local area network, to the co-located
content provider's site. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had 316
customers, including a wide range of Internet content providers, Web hosting
companies and ISPs.
    
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
  The Growth of the Internet
 
     The Internet has experienced tremendous growth and is emerging as a global
medium for communications and commerce. According to International Data
Corporation ("IDC")(1), the number of Internet users worldwide will grow from 69
million at the end of 1997 to 320 million by 2002 and, according to Forrester
Research, Inc. ("Forrester")(2), the number of Internet sites worldwide is
expected to grow from less than 500,000 in 1997 to approximately 4 million in
2002. The growth of the Internet is being driven by a number of factors,
including the large and growing installed base of personal computers,
improvements in network architectures, increasing numbers of network-enabled
applications, the emergence of compelling content and commerce-enabling
technologies, and easier, faster and cheaper Internet access. The future growth
in Internet usage is also projected to be fueled by increased use of high speed
access devices such as cable modems and ADSL lines and satellite Internet
connectivity as such devices become more widely available and affordable.
Forrester projects that the penetration of broadband Internet access through
cable, ADSL and other high-speed access devices will grow from approximately
200,000 households in 1997 to approximately 5.5 million households in 2000 and
approximately 17.6 million households in 2002. The increase in the availability
of
 
- ---------------
 
    (1) International Data Corporation estimates are based upon its Internet
Commerce Market Model. This model utilizes both supply- and demand-side research
involving input from 40,000 interviews per year. Other data components include
web usage figures, penetration rates, quarterly trend research, lead user
research and device base information. The estimates are qualified by the
following assumptions: no catastrophic failure of the Internet will occur;
regional economies will continue their current expansion without untoward
upheaval; and security on the Internet, as well as consumer confidence, will
continue to improve slowly. There can be no assurances that any of the projected
amounts in the report will be achieved.
 
    (2) Forrester estimates are based upon interviews with more than 41,000
households as part of Forrester's "Technographics '98" survey. In addition, the
report stated that 81 ISPs were asked to provide detailed unit sales, prices and
projections for 1996 through 1998. The ISP data was extrapolated to provide a
total current market size and direction. Finally, 22 vendors of hosting services
and related organizations were contacted. There can be no assurances that actual
results will not differ materially from those estimated.
                                       30
<PAGE>   32
 
high-speed access devices is also expected to increase the demand for emerging
high bandwidth technologies such as audio and video streaming and voice over IP
applications.
 
  The Expansion of Electronic Commerce
 
     The functionality and accessibility of the Internet and commercial online
services have created an increasingly attractive commercial medium by providing
features that historically have been unavailable through traditional channels.
In the last several years, many enterprises that focus solely on delivering
services over the Internet have emerged and many businesses have implemented Web
sites and electronic commerce applications. Internet-based businesses have
developed Internet products and services in areas such as finance, banking,
entertainment, education and advertising, while other businesses are using the
Internet for an expanding variety of applications, ranging from corporate
publicity and advertising to sales, customer service, employee training and
communication with business partners. The ability to offer these kinds of
products and services requires high bandwidth Internet sites and operations. In
addition, due to advances in on-line security and payment mechanisms, the number
of businesses establishing commerce-enabled Web sites is expected to increase
dramatically. IDC estimates that the number of consumers buying goods and
services on the Internet will grow from 17.6 million in 1997 to 128.4 million in
2002, and that the total value of goods and services purchased over the Internet
will increase from approximately $12 billion in 1997 to approximately $425
billion by 2002.
 
  The Internet Infrastructure
 
     The Internet is a worldwide network of private and public computer networks
that link businesses, individuals, government agencies, universities and other
users having disparate computer systems and networks. A multi-tiered system of
local, regional and national ISPs has evolved to provide connectivity among
Internet users. Data travelling across the Internet is broken down into multiple
packets. ISPs exchange these packets of IP data generated by their users through
either direct or indirect connections with other ISPs. Large ISPs often have
multiple direct data exchange connections with other ISPs, known as peering
relationships, either through private line connections between their routers or
through a public peering arrangement where multiple ISPs can be connected
through a single interface. However, significant peering relationships are
generally unavailable to many small and mid-sized ISPs and, even if available,
the associated telecommunication costs could be prohibitive. As a result, these
ISPs typically need to purchase indirect connection services, known as
"transit," from a third party ISP.
 
     To address the needs of ISPs to exchange data at centralized points, a
series of Internet exchanges were established by Internet backbone providers.
Although there are numerous exchanges, the Company believes the two principal
exchanges in the United States, based upon traffic volume, are MAE West in San
Jose, California and MAE East in Vienna, Virginia. Despite the relatively
centralized nature of these exchange points, data travelling across the
dispersed Internet architecture often must make multiple connections or "hops"
through a variety of local, regional and national ISPs as it moves from the
originating site to the Internet backbone and back to its destination site.
 
  The Trend Toward Outsourcing of Internet Operations
 
     Internet operations are increasingly becoming mission-critical to an
enterprise's commercial and communication operations. Internet-based businesses
and other enterprises need non-stop, non-congested, fault-tolerant and scalable
Internet operations to allow them to perform sophisticated digital
communications and commerce transactions globally over the Internet. However,
many businesses that are seeking to establish these sophisticated Internet
operations lack the resources and expertise to cost-effectively develop,
maintain and continually enhance the necessary facilities and network systems.
In addition, individuals with the expertise to establish and maintain a
sophisticated Internet service are scarce and their services are costly.
Furthermore, businesses often find it difficult to keep up with new technology
introductions and to integrate new technologies into their own IT
infrastructure. Finally, many businesses are currently being forced to deploy
their limited IT resources to address the impending Year 2000 issues. As a
result of these and other factors, many enterprises are seeking outsourcing
arrangements to enhance Web site reliability and perform-
                                       31
<PAGE>   33
 
ance, provide continuous operation of their Internet solutions and reduce
related operating expenses. By outsourcing these services, businesses,
particularly non Internet-centric enterprises, can focus on their core
competencies rather than utilizing their resources to support their Internet
operations. Forrester estimates that by 2002, approximately 40% of Internet Web
sites will be outsourced and that Internet hosting revenues for complex sites
will increase from approximately $200 million in 1997 to almost $8 billion by
2002.
 
  The Emergence of Co-Location Services
 
     A variety of companies including Web hosting companies and ISPs have begun
to focus on providing Internet co-location services. These co-location companies
typically build networks of numerous geographically dispersed data centers in
order to be physically close to their customers. As a result of this dispersed
geographic network, data moving from one customer to another is subject to
increased risks of latency and data loss, as data travels across multiple
network connections or "hops." These problems are compounded by the lack of
available tools to monitor all of the various connection points on the Internet
in order to identify and avoid the congested links which can cause latency and
data loss. While these problems existed to some extent with early, less data
intensive applications, such as e-mail, they are becoming increasingly acute
with the growth of bandwidth intensive applications such as audio and video
streaming. In addition, many co-location providers do not have the flexibility
or capacity to quickly scale their services to meet the sharp growth and high
bandwidth requirements of mission-critical Internet operations.
 
     Internet co-location companies also typically fail to address the
increasing need of local and regional ISPs to provide enhanced connectivity to
compelling content for their customers. Without the ability to maintain
extensive peering relationships with large ISPs, the cost of providing
redundant, reliable and scalable connectivity is often prohibitive for these
local and regional ISPs. As a result, they face increasing congestion as
emerging applications consume more bandwidth. International ISPs are also
seeking a means to obtain fast, reliable access to the large concentration of
U.S.-based content. While many of these problems could be addressed if these
ISPs co-located their facilities with content providers, many of the Web hosting
and co-location companies also compete with ISPs for sales of Internet access
and, therefore, ISPs are often reluctant to co-locate in their facilities.
 
THE ABOVENET SOLUTION
 
     AboveNet provides high performance, managed co-location and Internet
connectivity services to a wide range of Internet content providers, Web hosting
companies and ISPs. The Company's Internet Service Exchange facilities ("ISXs")
provide high performance, reliable and scalable solutions for electronic
commerce and other mission-critical applications. AboveNet operates two ISXs,
located near MAE West and MAE East, utilizing the Company's suite of
sophisticated network management and remote monitoring tools. The Company
believes that its centralized network architecture provides enhanced
connectivity while eliminating the need to build numerous geographically
dispersed data centers. The Company's ISX model offers customers the benefits of
combining content co-location services with direct ISP access. The convergence
of content providers and ISPs at AboveNet's ISXs enables these ISPs to provide
their users with "one hop" connectivity, through AboveNet's local area network,
to the co-located content site. This direct connectivity minimizes the risk of
delays and data loss often encountered in the transmission of data over the
disperse Internet infrastructure.
 
     The AboveNet solution provides the following key advantages to its
customers:
 
     Scalability and Flexibility. The Company's services are designed to be
highly scalable and flexible in order to meet the needs of its customers as
their Internet operations expand. The Company's network is designed to enable it
to quickly scale bandwidth to meet its customer's needs. In addition, since the
Company charges its customers based on the amount of space and bandwidth it
provides, customers are afforded a flexible, cost-effective path to increasing
their Internet operations. The Company also provides flexibility for its
customers by supporting most leading Internet hardware and software systems
vendor platforms.
 
     High Performance and Enhanced Connectivity. The Company's services are
designed to enhance Internet performance through redundant and high speed
network design and 24x7 monitoring, notification and diagnosis. The Company is
able to address the high bandwidth needs and rapid growth of its customers'
                                       32
<PAGE>   34
 
mission-critical operations by maintaining an extensive number of direct public
and private network peering interconnections, including peering relationships
with top-tier network providers. In order to provide its customers with
available and uncongested bandwidth during network traffic spikes, the Company
is committed to maintaining excess network capacity. The amount of excess
bandwidth at any given time depends upon many factors including the timing of
the addition of new circuits, the timing of customer additions and increases in
usage by existing customers.
 
     Enhanced Access for ISPs. By connecting within the Company's ISX, ISPs have
"one hop" connectivity to content providers co-located in the same facility. The
Company believes that by providing a means to reduce the number of "hops" in the
transmission of data, its network design offers significant benefits to
international ISPs as they seek to gain fast, reliable access to U.S.-based
content. In addition, ISPs that participate in the ISX are able to take
advantage of peering relationships generally available only to top-tier network
providers.
 
     Sophisticated Network Management Services and Tools. By leveraging the
knowledge gained from supporting many leading-edge Internet operations, the
Company provides sophisticated network management and monitoring services on a
24x7 basis. The Company's proprietary ASAP software monitors all of the
Company's direct and indirect network connections for latency and packet loss,
allowing the Company's network engineers to dynamically reroute traffic to avoid
congested points. By utilizing ASAP, the Company is able to identify and resolve
many potential problems before they impact an Internet site's availability or
performance.
 
     Remote Management Capabilities. The Company provides its customers with
sophisticated monitoring, reporting and management tools that can be accessed by
the customer to control its Internet hardware, software and application
environments. The Company's monitoring system probes each customer's equipment
every five minutes and provides the customer with notice of potential problems.
The Company believes that these tools, combined with its trained 24x7 support
staff, provide customers with a highly effective means of monitoring, responding
to and resolving problems, significantly reducing customers' needs for on-site
access to their equipment.
 
     Fault Tolerant Facilities. The Company has built fault tolerant facilities
designed to enable the uninterrupted operations necessary for mission-critical
Internet operations. Each of the Company's facilities is equipped with an
uninterruptible DC or AC power supply and back-up generators for power
redundancy, multi-tiered fire suppression systems, seismically braced racks,
separate and redundant cooling zones and security systems.
 
STRATEGY
 
     The Company's objective is to become the leading global Internet Service
Exchange for business enterprises and ISPs that require high-bandwidth,
mission-critical Internet operations. To achieve this objective, the Company's
strategy includes the following key elements:
 
     Build Brand Name. The Company intends to increase awareness of the AboveNet
brand name among Internet content providers, Web hosting companies and ISPs on a
global basis. The Company believes that associating the AboveNet brand with the
highest quality and most technologically advanced network and services for
outsourcing mission-critical Internet operations is key to the expansion of its
customer base. Through June 1998, the Company focused on building its
infrastructure and developing its tools and, as a result, has engaged in minimal
marketing efforts. Going forward, the Company plans to aggressively invest in
building the AboveNet brand through an integrated marketing plan, including
traditional and online advertising in business and trade publications, trade
show participation, direct mail and public relations campaigns. The Company also
intends to conduct a series of seminar programs to increase awareness of the
Company's services among potential customers.
 
     Expand Customer Base. The Company intends to expand its base of
approximately 300 customers by significantly increasing its sales and marketing
efforts. The Company's direct sales force consisted of 24 persons as of
September 30, 1998 who are organized into groups to target leading Internet
content
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   35
 
providers, Web hosting companies and ISPs. In addition, the Company has
personnel responsible for addressing the development of customers in the Asian
and European markets. The Company's sales force is supported in their sales
efforts by a sales engineer and, in many instances, by the Company's senior
management. The Company intends to significantly expand its direct sales force
and sales engineers, as well as hire experienced channel managers. The Company
seeks to establish and expand relationships with potential channel partners
including hardware vendors, value added resellers, system integrators and Web
hosting companies in order to leverage their sales organizations. The Company
also plans to develop seminar programs and other cooperative sales programs to
further develop these relationships.
 
   
     Extend ISX Network. AboveNet seeks to create a global ISX network by
connecting centralized facilities in key domestic and international locations.
The Company currently has ISXs in San Jose, California (near MAE West) and
Vienna, Virginia (near MAE East) and plans to develop a second, significantly
larger ISX facility in San Jose by the fall of 1999. The Company also intends to
expand its network internationally, primarily through strategic investments in
joint ventures and foreign companies that can develop ISX facilities in Europe
and Asia.
    
 
     Leverage ISX Model. The Company intends to leverage its ISX model to
increase its customer base and generate recurring revenue. The Company believes
that as its customer base expands the benefits to both content providers and
ISPs of its "one hop" solution will increase, creating greater incentives for
new customers to use the Company's services. Since the Company charges these
customers monthly based upon space and bandwidth usage, the Company is generally
able to increase revenue as its customers' Internet usage grows. In addition,
since the Company's service fees are based upon bandwidth usage, the Company
believes that it is well positioned to capitalize on the requirements of high
bandwidth applications.
 
     Address Emerging Internet Technology Markets. The Company believes that its
centralized ISX network will enable it to address the needs of emerging Internet
technologies such as audio and video streaming and voice over IP. Since these
applications require a solution that provides low latency and packet loss, the
Company believes that its high bandwidth, centralized network and enhanced
connectivity capabilities will enable it to offer significant advantages to
customers utilizing these emerging technologies.
 
THE ABOVENET INTERNET SERVICE EXCHANGE
 
     The Company's ISX provides co-location services, Internet connectivity
services and network management services and tools. The Company's co-location
services are designed to provide enterprises with the high performance,
scalability, connectivity, security, reliability and expertise they need to
enhance their mission-critical Internet applications. The Company creates
solutions for its customers based on their specific business and technical
requirements, modifying the services as customers' needs evolve. The services
are delivered from centralized, state-of-the-art facilities located near MAE
West and MAE East. The Company's management services and tools enable the
Company and its customers to continuously manage customers' Internet operations
jointly, proactively and remotely.
 
  Co-Location Services
 
     The Company provides co-location services designed to meet the demands of
sophisticated, multi-vendor mission-critical Internet operations. The Company
supports most leading Internet hardware and software system vendor platforms,
including those from Ascend Communications, Inc., Bay Networks, Cisco Systems,
Inc., Compaq Computer Corporation, Dell Computer Corporation, EMC Corporation,
Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corporation, Lucent
Technologies Inc., Microsoft Corporation, Apple Computer, Inc., Network
Appliance, Inc., Silicon Graphics Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc. and 3COM. This
multi-vendor capability enables the customer to retain control over its choice
of technical solution and enables the customer to integrate its Internet
operations into its existing IT architecture. Because mission-critical Internet
operations are dynamic and often require timely hardware and software upgrades
to maintain targeted service levels, customers have 24x7 physical and remote
access to the ISX facilities. Additional space and electrical power can be added
as needed in order to provide the customer access to additional server
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   36
 
co-location services. Customers install and manage their own hardware and
software at the Company's facilities and the Company does not provide any Web
hosting services.
 
     The Company's co-location facilities include dedicated electrical power
circuits to ensure that each customer's electrical power requirements are met.
Each ISX facility is constructed to address the requirements of mission-critical
network operations with an uninterruptible DC or AC power supply and back-up
generators, FM-200 Fire Suppression with pre-action backup, HVAC, separate
cooling zones, seismically braced racks, 24x7 operations, and high levels of
physical security. Any damage to or failure of the systems of the Company or its
service providers could result in reductions in, or terminations of, services
supplied to the Company's customers, which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Risk Factors -- Risk of System Failure."
 
     Customers can select from shared rack facilities, secure cabinets, or
enclosed cage facilities, based upon their business and technical requirements.
These facilities have the following features:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>                             <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TYPE OF SPACE         SIZE                            FEATURES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Open Rack             Single shelf,  1/4,  1/2, or    Entry-level service providing a
                       full 9' or 6' racks             cost-effective solution for customers that
                                                       do not need dedicated environments. Secured
                                                       environment that is shared by multiple
                                                       customers.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Cabriolet             9' or 6' stainless steel        Dedicated, locked cabinet. Provides a single
                       enclosed, secure cabinet,       rack with the security of a dedicated
                        1/4,  1/2, or full rack        environment.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Cage                  8' x 6', 8' x 8' or customized  Dedicated, locked cage. Provides flexibility
                       to order                        in designing and configuring Internet
                                                       servers, including space for multiple racks
                                                       and other equipment.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
  Internet Connectivity
 
     The Company's Internet connectivity services are designed to meet the
requirements of high bandwidth, mission-critical Internet operations by
providing highly reliable, scaleable, non-stop and uncongested operations. On
September 30, 1998, the Company had public and private peering relationships
with 129 and 42 network providers, respectively. Any failure by the Company to
maintain and increase peering relationships would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Risk Factors -- Need to Maintain and Increase Peering Relationships."
 
     The Company's network is designed to minimize the likelihood of failure.
Each ISX has multiple physical fiber paths into the facility. The Company
maintains multiple network links from multiple vendors and regularly checks that
its fiber backbone traverses physically separated paths. This network
architecture enhances the availability of a customer's site, even in the event
of a link failure. In addition, since enterprises' Internet operations often
experience network traffic spikes due to promotions or events, the Company has a
policy of maintaining significant excess capacity. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to expand or adapt its telecommunications
infrastructure to meet additional demand or its customers' changing
requirements, on a timely basis and at a commercially reasonable cost, or at
all. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Network Scalability."
 
     The Company's Internet connectivity services are also designed to reduce
latency and to enhance network performance. The Company's engineering personnel
continuously monitor traffic patterns and congestion points throughout the
Internet and dynamically reroute traffic flows to improve end-user response
times. The Company also enhances network performance by maintaining what it
believes is among the largest number of direct public and private network
peering interconnections in the industry. For customers seeking a direct
communications link to the site of another customer that is located at the same
ISX, the Company offers highly secure, fast, and efficient cross-connections.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   37
 
     The Company's connectivity services utilize its proprietary ASAP technology
to enhance Internet connectivity by monitoring all of the Company's direct and
indirect network connections for congestion.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>                             <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOOL                  DESCRIPTION                     BENEFITS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ASAP -- Asymmetric    ASAP automatically monitors     If packet loss and congestion is detected on
 Allocation of         all of the Company's major      any of the links that directly affect
 Packets               providers' and peers' direct    customers' performance, the Company's
                       and indirect connections on a   network engineers are able to dynamically
                       real-time 24-hour basis to      reroute traffic temporarily away from the
                       identify congestion.            problem link. The functionality is
                                                       particularly important for emerging
                                                       applications such as audio and video
                                                       streaming and voice over IP.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
  Management Services and Tools
 
     The Company's management services and tools support mission-critical
Internet operations by providing the customer with detailed monitoring,
reporting, and management tools to control their hardware, network, software and
application environments. Through the Company's network management services and
tools, customers are able to remotely manage their mission-critical Internet
operations housed at the Company's ISX facilities. The Company believes that
this provides an important advantage to enterprises that seek to outsource a
portion of their Internet operations and to link the management of the
outsourced operations with in-house operations. The Company's proactive
management services and tools enable the Company to identify and resolve
hardware, software, network, and application problems, often before the customer
is aware that a problem exists.
 
     Customers may access their co-located equipment by visiting the ISX
facility or by using the Company's software tools and services for remote
access. Using the Company's remote access tools, customers can perform emergency
tasks, control power functions and monitor their own system usage. These remote
access tools alleviate the need for the Company to build numerous geographically
dispersed ISX facilities. In the event of a system problem, the Company notifies
the customer who can then attempt to resolve the issue remotely. The Company
intends to continue to enhance its software tools in order to meet the needs of
mission-critical Internet operations. The Company's space requirement charges
include access to all of the Company's management services and tools. See "Risk
Factors -- Rapid Technological Change; Evolving Industry Standards."
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   38
 
     The Company offers the tools/services summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   TOOLS/SERVICES                DESCRIPTION                             BENEFITS
<S>                   <C>                                   <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MRTG                MRTG is a widely used tool            MRTG shows customers the amount of
                      licensed by the Company that          bandwidth being used and,
                      provides real-time monitoring and     therefore, the actual cost of that
                      management of bandwidth. Currently    business expense. Through a
                      used by most major backbone           graphical interface, users can
                      providers, MRTG generates HTML        view, in real-time, the actual
                      pages containing GIF images which     amount of bandwidth flowing
                      provide a real-time visual            through their servers and/or
                      representation of this traffic.       networking equipment. MRTG also
                      MRTG can also be used to display      allows the Company and its
                      historical statistical data in        customers to view the Company's
                      graphic form.                         connections and bandwidth usage
                                                            with each of its backbone
                                                            providers.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  EtherValve          EtherValve is a tool licensed by      EtherValve allows AboveNet to
                      the Company that regulates the        provide each customer a clear
                      actual flow of bandwidth from a       channel of the bandwidth
                      customer's server through a 10        purchased. This assures customers
                      Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet segment.    that they will have the bandwidth
                                                            they have purchased available to
                                                            them at any given time. EtherValve
                                                            also allows the customer's
                                                            bandwidth to be scaled up
                                                            immediately, in increments as
                                                            small as 8 bps (0.008 Kbps).
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  APS -- Automatic    APS is a suite of proprietary         APS provides real-time information
  Pro-Active          tools developed to continually        about a customer's remote
  Services            monitor the performance of            equipment. APS automatically
                      customer equipment. Three levels      notifies the customer and the
                      of predetermined escalation           Company's technical personnel of
                      procedures include automatic          system malfunctions. Predetermined
                      notification by e-mail,               escalation procedures customized
                      notification by pager and             for each AboveNet customer are
                      automatic power cycle.                then carried out by the Company's
                                                            personnel. Automatic rebooting and
                                                            other predetermined procedures
                                                            often serve to correct problems
                                                            before the customer is aware of
                                                            the problem.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  As-Ur-Here Service  As-Ur-Here provides various           As-Ur-Here allows customers to
                      service aspects including             maintain access and control over
                      automatic remote power cycle and      their equipment and perform
                      remote services terminal server       effective equipment maintenance
                      access.                               and problem solving while they
                                                            outsource their servers and/or
                                                            networking equipment.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   39
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     The Company has established a diversified base of customers including
Internet content providers, Web hosting companies and ISPs. As of September 30,
1998, the Company had approximately 316 customers. One customer, Supernews,
Inc., accounted for 12% and 14% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 1997 and
1998, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of revenues in
either fiscal 1997 or 1998. The Company's success is substantially dependent on
the continued growth of its customer base and the retention of its customers.
The Company's customer base increased from 221 at March 31, 1998 to 278 at June
30, 1998 and 316 at September 30, 1998. The Company had a monthly customer
retention rate of 97% or greater in each of the six months ended September 30,
1998. See "Risk Factors -- Need to Grow and Retain Customer Base; Lengthy Sales
Cycle."
 
     The following is a representative list of customers as of September 30,
1998:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                                      <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    INTERNET CONTENT
PROVIDERS                     WEB HOSTING COMPANIES                    ISPS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Supernews, Inc.             Galaxy-NET Telecom                       Hurricane Electric
  Electronic Arts Inc.        iXL Holdings, Inc.                       LinkAGE Online Limited
  Visual Dynamics LLC         Astra Labs                               Internet Gateway Corp.
  RealNetworks, Inc.          VirtuaLynx Internet, LLC                 BigBiz Internet Services
  IntelliChoice, Inc.         WebPresence, Inc.                        Action Systems, Inc.
  Creative Labs, Inc.         The Web Zone, Inc.                       Innetix
  Image Lock                  ProHosting                               PH Communications
  MPX Data Systems, Inc.      Bay Area Gold, Inc.                      Direct Network Access, Ltd.
  IQ.commerce Corporation     Trakprops, Inc.                          Got.Net Corporation
  Liquid Audio, Inc.          CNET Download.com                        Dacom America
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
     The following examples illustrate how the Company's customers use its
services:
 
INTERNET CONTENT PROVIDERS
 
  RealNetworks, Inc.
 
     RealNetworks is a leading developer of software products and services
designed to enable users of personal computers and other consumer electronic
devices to send and receive audio, video and other multimedia services using the
World Wide Web. RealNetworks uses the Company's facilities to host its Web site
for users to download its client and server software. RealNetworks selected
AboveNet because of the speed and high performance of the Company's network
(enabling fast, reliable downloading of its products), the Company's ability to
rapidly scale the amount of bandwidth and the Company's extensive peering
relationships. Since becoming a customer in February 1998, RealNetworks has
co-located an increasing portion of its downloading operations with the Company.
 
  Electronic Arts Inc.
 
     Electronic Arts is an interactive entertainment software company that
develops, publishes and distributes products for personal computers and other
entertainment systems. Electronic Arts' IT department decided to outsource its
Web site because of the network congestion it encountered with its internal
solution and chose AboveNet because of its reliability, redundancy and
connectivity. Electronic Arts' usage has expanded significantly since 1996 and
it currently uses AboveNet to host the Web sites of multiple divisions.
Electronic Arts, one of the Company's first customers, has expanded its
co-location space over time from a 1/4 rack to a full cage.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   40
 
WEB HOSTING COMPANIES
 
  iXL Holdings, Inc.
 
     iXL is an interactive media company that provides complete Web design and
hosting solutions. iXL offers the Company's co-location and connectivity
services to its customers as part of its bundled solution. iXL has relied upon
the scalability of AboveNet's solution as it has grown through a series of
acquisitions. iXL currently occupies two cages in the Company's San Jose
facility and a rack in its Vienna, Virginia facility. iXL uses AboveNet to
provide its customers with high performance and highly reliable Internet
connectivity.
 
  CNET Download.com
 
     CNET is an Internet media company that operates a network of sites on the
Web. Download.com, a division of CNET, is a leading site for downloading
software titles. CNET Download.com recently selected AboveNet to provide
co-location and connectivity services for its ftp servers due to the high
performance of AboveNet's network and peering relationships with major ISPs and
other large companies, including America Online, Inc. AboveNet's scalable
bandwidth also allows CNET Download.com the flexibility necessary to accommodate
traffic surges accompanying new software releases.
 
ISPS
 
  Internet Gateway Corp.
 
     Internet Gateway is a Canadian ISP that provides its customers access,
hosting, e-mail, and support services. Internet Gateway recently chose AboveNet
to provide co-location and Internet connectivity services. Internet Gateway uses
AboveNet's management tools, including APS and MRTG, to enable it to remotely
manage the status of its equipment and bandwidth utilization on a 24x7 basis.
 
  Dacom America
 
     Dacom America is a subsidiary of Dacom Corporation, a large Korean ISP.
Dacom America recently chose AboveNet to be one of its primary providers of
Internet connectivity in the United States. Dacom America purchases transit
services from AboveNet, which provides Dacom America with high performance
connectivity to U.S.-based content sites. Through this connection, Dacom America
is able to use AboveNet as its U.S. gateway, providing Dacom America with high
performance Internet connectivity. Dacom also benefits from access to AboveNet's
extensive peering relationships, reducing the need to negotiate separate peering
arrangements with other ISPs.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     The Company's sales and marketing objective is to achieve broad market
penetration and increase brand name recognition among Internet content
providers, Web hosting companies and ISPs on a global basis through investments
in the expansion of its sales organization and extensive marketing activities.
As of September 30, 1998, the Company employed 29 persons in sales and
marketing. The Company has developed a two-tiered sales strategy to target
leading Internet content providers, Web hosting companies and ISPs through
direct sales and channel relationships. See "Risk Factors -- Management of
Growth; Dependence on Key Personnel."
 
  Direct Sales Force
 
     The Company maintains a direct sales force of highly trained individuals in
San Jose, California and Vienna, Virginia. As of September 30, 1998, the Company
had 24 persons in direct sales targeting Internet content providers, Web hosting
companies and ISPs. The Company also has personnel responsible for addressing
the development of customers in Asia and Europe. The Company is actively seeking
to expand its direct sales force and sales engineers. Substantially all of the
Company's sales are currently generated by the Company's direct sales force. The
Company's sales force is supported in their sales efforts by its sales engineer
and, in many instances, by the Company's senior management. The Company believes
that the integration of
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   41
 
its sales engineers with its sales account managers assists in both the
establishment of customer relationships as well as the migration of customers to
increased use of the Company's services. The Company has developed programs to
attract and retain high quality, motivated sales representatives that have the
necessary technical skills, consultative sales experience and knowledge of their
local markets. These programs include technical and sales process training and
instruction in consultative selling techniques. The Company has also developed
sales compensation plans which provide for significant incentives for exceeding
performance targets.
 
  Develop Channel Relationships
 
     The Company is seeking to develop relationships with potential channel
partners including hardware vendors, value-added resellers, system integrators
and Web hosting companies in order to leverage their sales organizations. The
Company believes that by leveraging the sales forces of these companies, it can
attract customers for its services in a cost-effective manner, as well as
provide co-branded Internet service offerings for its channel partners. For
example, two of the Company's Web hosting customers market the Company's service
as part of their overall bundled offering and the Company has been involved in
joint marketing and sales efforts with such customers. The Company is actively
seeking to hire experienced channel managers to focus exclusively on developing
these relationships. The Company also plans to develop seminar programs and
other cooperative sales programs to further develop these relationships.
 
  Marketing
 
     The Company's strategy is to significantly expand its marketing efforts to
stimulate increased demand for the Company's services and build the AboveNet
brand. The Company plans to aggressively invest in building the AboveNet brand
through an integrated marketing plan including traditional and online
advertising in business and trade publications, trade show participation, direct
mail and public relations campaigns to increase customer awareness. The Company
is also developing customer focus groups to encourage business relationships
among its customers.
 
NETWORK ARCHITECTURE
 
     The Company's high performance network is designed to provide enhanced
connectivity to its customers. The Company's two ISX facilities are connected to
one another with high speed SONET circuits, and connected to the Internet
through public and private peering arrangements.
 
     The Company's ISX facilities are located near MAE West and MAE East and are
connected to local Internet exchange points by multiple high-speed backbone
connections, provided by MCI WorldCom Teleport Communications Group, a division
of AT&T and Sprint. These links to the local exchange points, combined with
private exchanges with ISPs, connect the customers' traffic to the Internet. The
Company has engineered its peering with a geographically diverse fiber path to
provide high reliability, even in the event of a link failure. The Company has
developed dynamic rerouting and load balancing technologies to enhance Internet
operations.
 
     The Company has determined that as voice, video, and other services are
carried across the Internet, the need for ATM in network infrastructures is
reduced. The Company has built their network using DS-3 and OC-3 clear channel
circuits. By using clear channel circuits, the Company is able to make highly
efficient use of these connections, lowering infrastructure costs, and providing
high performance connectivity. Inside of each ISX facility, the Company has
multiple LANs, each connected to the outside network through redundant routers
and network connections. These routers are configured such that in case of
failure of a single connection, or piece of equipment, alternative equipment or
network paths are automatically utilized, without human intervention, or
performance degradation. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Third Party
Suppliers."
 
     The Company utilizes a combination of public and private peering in order
to provide a high level of network performance. On September 30, 1998, the
Company had private peering relationships with 42 network providers and 129
public peering relationships, including peering relationships with all of the
largest providers, and is connected to all of the major U.S. Internet exchange
points. The combination of public and
                                       40
<PAGE>   42
 
private peering sessions allows the Company to provide high levels of
performance and reliability to their customers. To ensure that this connectivity
is not degraded, the Company has a policy of providing significant excess
capacity on all LAN, WAN and Internet exchange point connections in its network.
The Company's failure to maintain and increase peering relationships would have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. See "Risk Factors -- Need to Maintain and Increase Peering
Relationships."
 
     The Company's operations are dependent upon its ability to protect its
network infrastructure and customers' equipment against damage from human error,
fire, earthquakes, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, sabotage,
intentional acts of vandalism, and similar events. Despite precautions taken by,
and planned to be taken by the Company, the occurrence of a natural disaster or
other unanticipated problem at one or more of the Company's ISX facilities could
result in interruptions to the services provided by the Company. Such an event
could significantly impact the ability of suppliers to provide the data
communications capacity required by the Company and could result in
interruptions in the Company's services. See "Risk Factors -- Risk of System
Failure" and "-- Dependence Upon Third Party Suppliers" and "-- Security Risks."
 
CUSTOMER SERVICE AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
 
     The Company offers a high level of customer service and quality assurance
by understanding the technical requirements and business objectives of its
customers and addressing their needs proactively on an individual basis. By
working closely with its customers, the Company is able to enhance the
performance of its customers' Internet operations, avoid downtime, resolve
quickly any problems that may arise and make appropriate adjustments in services
as customer needs change over time. As the Company works with its customers over
time to ensure that it is offering the appropriate types and quality of service.
The Company uses advanced software tools to aid in its customer monitoring and
service efforts. The Company received its ISO 9002 certification in April 1998.
As of September 30, 1998, the Company had 27 employees dedicated to customer
service and quality assurance.
 
     Customer service begins before a sale, when the Company provides technical
support for complex orders. During the installation phase, the Company assigns a
transition team and a project manager, who also retains responsibility for the
account after installation, to assist the new customer with the installation
process. After installation, the customer's equipment is overviewed by the
Company's Network Operation Center in San Jose, California, which is operated
24x7 by engineers who answer customer calls, monitor site and network operations
and activate teams to solve problems that arise. The Company's customer service
personnel are also available to assist customers whose operations require
specialized procedures.
 
     The Company believes that its quality assurance programs are key to
building its brand name. The objectives of AboveNet's quality assurance system
are to comply with International Standard ISO 9002:1994 Quality Systems; to
achieve and maintain a level of quality that enhances the Company's reputation
with its customers; to ensure compliance with relevant safety and environmental
requirements; and to endeavor to deliver high quality services to customers in
an environment centered on adherence to high legal and ethical standards.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The market served by the Company is intensely competitive. There are few
substantial barriers to entering the co-location service business, and the
Company expects that it will face additional competition from existing
competitors and new market entrants in the future. The Company believes that
participants in this market must grow rapidly and achieve a significant presence
in the market in order to compete effectively. The Company believes that the
principal competitive factors in its market are uncongested connectivity,
quality of facilities, level of customer service, price, the financial stability
and credibility of the provider, brand name and the availability of network
management tools. There can be no assurance that the Company will have the
resources or expertise to compete successfully in the future. The Company's
current and potential competitors in the market include: (i) providers of
co-location services, such as Exodus Communications, Inc., GlobalCenter, Inc.,
which was recently acquired by Frontier Corporation, and Hiway Technologies,
Inc. which recently entered into an agreement
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   43
 
to be acquired by Verio Inc.; (ii) national and regional ISPs, such as
Concentric Network Corporation, PSINet, Inc., MCI WorldCom and certain
subsidiaries of GTE Corporation; (iii) global, regional and local
telecommunications companies, such as Sprint, MCI WorldCom and regional bell
operating companies, some of whom supply capacity to the Company; and (iv) large
IT outsourcing firms, such as International Business Machines Corporation and
Electronic Data Systems. Certain of these companies operate in one or more of
these markets. In addition, many of the Company's current and potential
competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing
resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name
recognition and more established relationships in the industry than the Company.
As a result, certain of these competitors may be able to develop and expand
their network infrastructures and service offerings more quickly, adapt to new
or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more quickly, take
advantage of acquisitions and other opportunities more readily, devote greater
resources to the marketing and sale of their services and adopt more aggressive
pricing policies than can the Company. In an effort to gain market share,
certain of the Company's competitors have offered co-location services similar
to those of the Company at lower prices than those of the Company or with
incentives not matched by the Company, including free start-up and domain name
registration, periods of free service and low-priced Internet access. As a
result of these policies, the Company may encounter increasing pricing pressure
which could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of
operations and financial condition.
 
     In addition, these competitors have entered and will likely continue to
enter into joint ventures, consortiums or consolidations to provide additional
services competitive with those provided by the Company. As a result, such
competitors may be able to provide customers with additional benefits in
connection with their co-location and network management solutions, including
reduced communications costs, which could reduce the overall costs of their
services relative to the Company's services. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to offset the effects of any such price reductions. In
addition, the Company expects competition to intensify as the Company's current
and potential competitors incorporate a broader range of bandwidth,
connectivity, and Internet networking services and tools into their service
offerings. The Company believes that companies seeking co-location and Internet
connectivity providers for their mission-critical Internet operations may use
more than one company to provide this service. As a result, these customers
would be able to shift the amount of service and bandwidth usage from one
provider to another. The Company may also face competition from its suppliers.
The Company's agreements with its suppliers and other partners do not limit or
restrict those parties from offering similar services to the Company's
customers, thereby enabling such parties to compete against the Company.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
     The Company relies on a combination of copyright, trademark, service mark
and trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect
certain proprietary rights in its services. The Company has no patented
technology that would preclude or inhibit competitors from entering the
Company's market. The Company has generally entered into confidentiality and
invention assignment agreements with its employees in order to limit access to
and disclosure of certain of its proprietary information. There can be no
assurance that these contractual arrangements or the other steps taken by the
Company to protect its intellectual property will prove sufficient to prevent
misappropriation of the Company's technology or to deter independent third-
party development of similar technologies. The laws of certain foreign countries
may not protect the Company's services or intellectual property rights to the
same extent as do the laws of the U.S. The Company also relies on certain
technologies that it licenses from third parties. Two key technologies offered
by the Company, MRTG and EtherValve, are licensed from David Rand, the Company's
Chief Technical Officer. The Company has perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free
worldwide licenses to both technologies. The license to MRTG is non-exclusive
and the license to EtherValve is exclusive subject to one previously granted
license. The Company does not license any other technology which is not
generally available. To date, the Company has not been notified that the Company
infringes the proprietary rights of third parties, but there can be no assurance
that third parties will not claim infringement by the Company. The Company
expects that participants in its markets will be increasingly subject to
infringement claims as the number of technologies and competitors in the
Company's industry segment grows. Any such claim, whether meritorious or not,
could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause service delays or
require the Company to enter into royalty
                                       42
<PAGE>   44
 
or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements might not be
available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. As a result, any such
claim could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     There is currently only a small body of laws and regulations directly
applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet. However, due to the
increasing popularity and use of the Internet, it is possible that a number of
laws and regulations may be adopted at the international, federal, state and
local levels with respect to the Internet, covering issues such as user privacy,
freedom of expression, pricing, characteristics and quality of products and
services, taxation, advertising, intellectual property rights, information
security and the convergence of traditional telecommunications services with
Internet communications. Moreover, a number of laws and regulations have been
proposed and are currently being considered by federal, state and foreign
legislatures with respect to such issues. The nature of any new laws and
regulations and the manner in which existing and new laws and regulations may be
interpreted and enforced cannot be fully determined. For example, although
sections of the Communications Decency Act of 1996 (the "CDA") that, among other
things, proposed to impose criminal penalties on anyone distributing "indecent"
material to minors over the Internet, were held to be unconstitutional by the
U.S. Supreme Court, there can be no assurance that similar laws will not be
proposed and adopted. Legislation similar to the CDA could subject the Company
and/or its customers to potential liability, which in turn could have an adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
The adoption of any future laws or regulations might decrease the growth of the
Internet, decrease demand for the services of the Company, impose taxes or other
costly technical requirements or otherwise increase the cost of doing business
or in some other manner have a material adverse effect on the Company or its
customers, each of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing issues such as property
ownership, copyrights and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel,
obscenity and personal privacy is uncertain. The vast majority of such laws were
adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and related technologies and, as a
result, do not contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet and
related technologies. Changes to such laws intended to address these issues,
including some recently proposed changes, could create uncertainty in the
marketplace which could reduce demand for the services of the Company or
increase the cost of doing business as a result of costs of litigation or
increased service delivery costs, or could in some other manner have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. In addition, as the Company's services are available over the
Internet in multiple states and foreign countries, and as the Company
facilitates sales by its customers to end users located in such states and
foreign countries, such jurisdictions may claim that the Company is required to
qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in each such state or foreign
country. Any such new legislation or regulation, or the application of laws or
regulations from jurisdictions whose laws may not currently apply to the
Company's business, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of September 30, 1998, the Company had 78 employees, including 29 people
in sales and marketing, 36 people in Customer Service, Network and Backbone
Engineering and Product Development; and 13 people in Finance and
Administration. The Company believes that its future success will depend in part
on its continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. The
competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that
the Company will be successful in attracting such personnel. See "Risk
Factors -- Risks Associated with Recent and Planned Business Expansion,"
"-- Management of Growth; Dependence on Key Personnel."
 
FACILITIES
 
     The principal executive and administrative offices of the Company are
located in San Jose, California and consist of approximately 15,000 square feet
that are leased until 2008, with an option by the Company to expand to 20,000
square feet and to extend to 2018. The Company leases its ISX facilities in San
Jose,
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   45
 
California and Vienna, Virginia (in the Washington, D.C. area). The San Jose,
California facility consists of approximately 10,000 square feet and is leased
until 2008 with an option for the Company to extend to 2018, and the Vienna,
Virginia, facility which consists of approximately 17,000 square feet and is
leased until 2007, with an option for the Company to extend to 2012.
 
   
     The Company is planning to develop a second, significantly larger ISX
facility near its San Jose, California facility by the fall of 1999. There can
be no assurance that such facility will be completed in a timely manner, or at
all. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Recent and Planned Business
Expansion."
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company has a pending dispute with one of its customers, Pathway
Communications, Inc. ("Pathway"), involving one of Pathway's consultants. The
consultant misrepresented his identity to the Company to gain access to
Pathway's servers in order to delete files. On September 3, 1998, Pathway filed
a complaint against the Company for negligence, breach of contract, conversion,
and intentional and negligent interference with prospective economic advantage
in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Santa Clara. The
lawsuit seeks general, special and punitive damages upon proof, as well as costs
and reasonable attorneys' fees. The Company intends to vigorously defend against
such action. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will prevail or
that such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk
Factors -- Security Risks."
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   46
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The executive officers, directors and key employees of the Company, and
their ages as of October 12, 1998 are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            NAME               AGE                           POSITION
            ----               ---                           --------
<S>                            <C>   <C>
Sherman Tuan.................   45   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Peter C. Chen, Ph.D.(1)......   59   Vice Chairman of the Board
Warren J. Kaplan.............   56   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
David Rand...................   35   Chief Technology Officer
                                     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Stephen P. Belomy............   39   Secretary
David Dembitz................   45   Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing
Lori Barth...................   45   Vice President of Sales
Jerry Chen...................   34   Vice President of International -- Asia
Kevin Hourigan...............   34   Vice President of Finance and Controller
Jeffrey Monroe...............   31   Vice President of Construction and Real Estate
Wayne Sanders................   55   Vice President of Corporate Development
Paul Steiner, Ph.D...........   42   Vice President of International -- Europe
Robert A. Burgelman, Ph.D....   53   Director
Frank R. Kline(1)............   48   Director
James Sha(2).................   48   Director
Tom Shao, Ph.D.(2)...........   64   Director
Kimball W. Small(1)(2).......   63   Director
Fred A. Vierra...............   66   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Member of Compensation Committee
 
(2) Member of Audit Committee
 
     Mr. Tuan, founder of AboveNet, has served as Chief Executive Officer and a
Director since 1996, and President until January 1998. Mr. Tuan has served as
Chairman of the Board since August 1998. Mr. Tuan was President of InterNex
Information Services, Inc., an Internet infrastructure provider, from November
1994 to October 1995 and from February 1994 to November 1995 was President of
Tiara Computer, Inc., a network equipment manufacturer, which merged with
InterNex Information Services, Inc. in November 1994. From January 1992 to June
1993, Mr. Tuan was Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing of Primus
Technologies, Inc., a provider of problem resolution and knowledge management
software, and President of Celerite Graphics, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary
that manufactured video chips. Mr. Tuan received an Electrical Engineering
degree from Feng-Chia University in Taiwan.
 
     Dr. Chen has served as Vice Chairman of AboveNet's Board of Directors since
August 1998. Dr. Chen served as Chairman of the Board of Directors from December
1996 to August 1998, and has been a Director of the Company since March 1996.
Dr. Chen is the Founder and Chairman of Crosslink Technology Partners, an
investment firm specializing in funding and developing early stage
semiconductor, healthcare and Internet related technology ventures, where he has
been employed since August 1992. From September 1983 to May 1992, Dr. Chen was
Founder, General Manager and Chief Executive Officer of Mosel Corporation, a
semiconductor manufacturer in Taiwan. Dr. Chen received a B.S. in Engineering
from National Taiwan University and a Ph.D. in Engineering from Cornell
University.
 
     Mr. Kaplan has served as AboveNet's President, Chief Operating Officer and
a Director since January 1998, and as Acting President and Chief Operating
Officer from November 1997 to January 1998. From March 1996 to November 1997,
Mr. Kaplan was an investor and consultant to various Internet software start-up
companies. Mr. Kaplan served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Simply
Interactive, Inc., a software company, from June 1996 to December 1996 and was
President from April 1996 to June 1996. Until February
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   47
 
1996, Mr. Kaplan served (i) as a Managing Director -- International at NETCOM
On-Line Communication Services, Inc. ("NETCOM"), an ISP and Web hosting company,
from August 1995, (ii) as its Executive Vice President from February 1994, (iii)
as its Secretary from October 1994; and (iv) as a Director since April 1994. Mr.
Kaplan also served as NETCOM's Chief Financial Officer from February 1994
through September 1995. From September 1989 to December 1993, Mr. Kaplan was
Vice President of Operations of Gefinor (USA) Inc., a merchant banking business,
and also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Interim
Chief Executive Officer of its majority-owned subsidiary, Sheaffer Pen Company,
from September 1989 to August 1991 and September 1989 to August 1990,
respectively. Mr. Kaplan received a B.S. in Accounting from New York University
and an M.B.A. in Taxation from Long Island University.
 
     Mr. Rand has served as AboveNet's Chief Technology Officer since March
1996, initially as a consultant, and since May 1998 as an employee. Mr. Rand has
served as a member of the Internet Engineering Task Force for the past seven
years. Mr. Rand authored rfc 1962 and rfc 1663, developed the EtherValve
technology and developed ASAP and APS, as well as co-developed MRTG. From
September 1995 to May 1998, Mr. Rand was an engineer at Cisco Systems, Inc., a
router manufacturer. From October 1993 to February 1994, Mr. Rand was a software
engineer at Novell, Inc., a network server company.
 
     Mr. Belomy has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer since January 1998 and as AboveNet's Director of Operations from January
1997 to January 1998. From August 1985 to December 1996, Mr. Belomy served as
Vice President of Kimball Small Properties, a commercial real estate developer
in San Jose, California. Mr. Belomy has a B.S. in Engineering from the
University of California at Los Angeles.
 
     Mr. Dembitz has served as AboveNet's Senior Vice President of Sales and
Marketing since April 1998. From February 1996 to April 1997, Mr. Dembitz was
Vice President of Sales and Marketing of ISDNet, a start-up company that
provided remote access solutions, which was acquired in 1997. From June 1993 to
December 1995, Mr. Dembitz was an independent consultant providing networking
consulting services. From January 1990 to June 1993, Mr. Dembitz held various
sales positions, including Senior Manager of Major Account Programs and Channel
Programs, as well as the Senior Manager of Sales Operations for SynOptics
Communications, which was acquired by Bay Networks, a provider of routers,
switches and hubs. Mr. Dembitz received a B.S. in Management and a B.S. in
Economics, as well as an M.B.A. with a minor in Marketing, from the University
of Utah.
 
     Ms. Barth has served as AboveNet's Vice President of Sales since August
1998. From June 1997 to August 1998, Ms. Barth was a principal at Corporate
Performance Concepts, a skills development company, and from June 1992 to June
1997, Ms. Barth was a Vice President at Holden Corporation, a sales and
marketing consulting firm. Ms. Barth received her B.S. in Business
Administration and Computer Science from Central Michigan University.
 
     Mr. Chen has served as AboveNet's Vice President of International-Asia
since October 1998. Previously, Mr. Chen served as Sales and Marketing Manager
from January to December 1996, as Senior Customer Service Manager from January
to December 1997, as San Jose Operations Director from January 1998 to June 1998
and as a Director of Asia Pacific from July 1998 to October 1998. Prior to
joining AboveNet, Mr. Chen was a Director of Postable Systems for Everex
Systems, Inc., a computer manufacturer, from January 1995 to January 1996 and
the Co-founder and Vice President of Intelligent Notebook Systems, a computer
reseller, from May 1994 to January 1996. From July 1991 to May 1994 Mr. Chen was
a sales manager for Santron Inc., a computer reseller. Mr. Chen received a B.S.
in Electrical Engineering from Feng-Chia University in Taiwan, and an M.B.A.
from the University of Hartford.
 
     Mr. Hourigan was promoted to AboveNet's Vice President of Finance in August
1998, and has served as Controller since February 1998. Mr. Hourigan served as a
consulting associate with Deloitte & Touche LLP from October 1997 to February
1998. From August 1993 to April 1997, Mr. Hourigan served in the following
capacities at NETCOM: Controller (1993-1995) and Director of Internal Audit,
Budgeting and Analysis (1995-1997). From August 1991 to August 1993, Mr.
Hourigan served as Financial Analyst for Hewlett-Packard Company, a computer
manufacturer. Mr. Hourigan received a B.A. in Business Economics and a B.A. in
Law & Society from University of California Santa Barbara and an M.B.A. from
Santa Clara University.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   48
 
     Mr. Monroe has served as AboveNet's Vice President of Construction and Real
Estate since August 1998. Mr. Monroe was a Project Manager for Cupertino
Electric, an electrical contractor, from February 1998 to August 1998. Prior to
that, Mr. Monroe was a Project Manager from April 1992 to January 1998, an
Assistant Manager from 1990 to 1992 and an Estimator from 1989 to 1990 for
Truland Systems Corporation, an electrical engineering and contracting company.
Mr. Monroe completed a four year IBEN Electrical apprenticeship program and is a
licensed electrician in the State of Virginia and Washington, D.C.
 
   
     Mr. Sanders has served as AboveNet's Vice President of Corporate
Development since August 1998. Mr. Sanders served as AboveNet's Director of
Sales from May 1996 to August 1998. From April 1994 to April 1996 Mr. Sanders
was the Director of Sales for InterNex Communications, Inc., an Internet
infrastructure provider. Prior thereto, Mr. Sanders was the Founder of
InterSell, a computer peripheral manufacturer and distributor company, which
incorporated into three companies, from July 1976 to January 1993. The three
companies were: Integrated Marketing, a manufacturing representative firm where
he held the position of Chief Executive Officer and President; Paragon Sales, a
distributor of computer peripherals where he held the position of Chief
Executive Officer; and Intek Manufacturing, a manufacturer of intelligent
printers and smart switch boxes where he held the position of Chief Executive
Officer. Mr. Sanders attended Olympic College in Bremerton, Washington.
    
 
   
     Dr. Steiner has served as AboveNet's Vice President of
International -- Europe since August 1998. From August 1995 until August 1998,
Dr. Steiner was the Managing Director of Europe, Africa, Middle East and India,
and from February 1995 until August 1995, Dr. Steiner was a consultant for
NETCOM. From January 1994 to January 1995, Dr. Steiner was an independent
consultant in Palo Alto, California. From April 1986 to December 1993, Dr.
Steiner served as a Managing Director and Partner for HOT Engineering Ltd., a
petroleum engineering software and consulting company in Leoben, Austria. Dr.
Steiner received a B.S. and M.S. in Petroleum Engineering, and a Ph.D. in
Reservoir Engineering from Leoben Mining University in Leoben, Austria, and an
M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.
    
 
   
     Robert A. Burgelman has served as a Director of the Company since November
1998. Mr. Burgelman is currently the Edmond W. Littlefield Professor of
Management and Director of the Stanford Executive Program (SEP) at Stanford
Business School and has been a professor at Stanford Business School since
August 1981. From 1991 to 1992 Mr. Burgelman also served as Chair of the
Division of Business Policy and Strategy of the Academy of Management and was a
Marvin Bower Fellow at Harvard Business School. From 1996 to 1997 and 1988 to
1989 Mr. Burgelman was a GSB Trust Faculty Fellow and a BP America Faculty
Fellow at Stanford Business School. Mr. Burgelman earned a Licenciate degree in
Applied Economics from Antwerp University in Belgium in 1969, an M.A. in
Sociology in 1978 and a Ph.D. in Management of Organizations in 1980 from
Columbia University.
    
 
     Mr. Kline has served as a Director of the Company since August 1998. Mr.
Kline has served as a Managing Partner of Kline Hawkes California, L.P./Kline
Hawkes California SBIC, L.P., a private equity firm, since 1994. From June 1984
to June 1994, Mr. Kline served as a private equity manager of Lambda Fund
Management, Inc., a venture capital firm. Mr. Kline currently serves as a
director of four companies, including: CampusLink Communications Systems, Inc.,
EOS Corporation, SuperShuttle International, Inc. and TranSoft Networks, Inc.
Mr. Kline also serves on the Board of Governors of the National Association of
Small Business Investment Companies. Mr. Kline received a B.S. in Commerce from
Rider College and an M.S. from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
 
     Mr. Sha has served as a Director since August 1998. Since January 1998, Mr.
Sha has served as Senior Vice President, Commerce Solutions at Netscape
Communications ("Netscape"), a provider of software and Internet services for
businesses. From April 1996 to December 1997, Mr. Sha was the President and
Chief Executive Officer of Actra Business Systems ("Actra"), a developer of
high-end Internet commerce applications. Actra, a joint venture between Netscape
and GE Information Services, was acquired by Netscape in December 1997. Mr. Sha
served as Vice President and General Manager of integrated application at
Netscape from August 1994 to April 1996. From June 1990 to August 1994, Mr. Sha
was the Vice President of the Unix Product Division at Oracle Corporation, a
software company. Mr. Sha received an M.S.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   49
 
Electrical Engineering from the University of California at Berkley, an M.B.A.
from Santa Clara University and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Taiwan
University.
 
     Dr. Shao has served as a member of AboveNet's Board of Directors since
January 1998. Since September 1997, Dr. Shao has served as Managing Director of
Technology Associates Management Co., Ltd., a venture fund manager. Dr. Shao
served as a senior consultant for Technology Associates Corporation of Taiwan, a
venture investment firm, from September 1995 to September 1997. From September
1985 to September 1995, Dr. Shao served as Senior Vice President of DynaTech
Development Corporation, a management consulting and venture investment firm.
Since August 1992, Dr. Shao has served as President of TSS Enterprises, a
privately held high technology management consulting, investing and trading
company. Dr. Shao received a Ph.D. in Applied Mathematics/Computer Science, a
M.S. in Engineering from the University of Illinois, and a B.S. in Engineering
from National Taiwan University.
 
     Mr. Small has served as a member of AboveNet's Board of Directors since
March 1997. Mr. Small is the Founder and President of Kimball Small Properties,
a San Jose, California commercial real estate development company incorporated
in 1978. Mr. Small received a B.S. from the University of California at Los
Angeles.
 
     Mr. Vierra has served as a member of AboveNet's Board of Directors since
October 1998. Mr. Vierra is the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and a
consultant to Tele-Communications International, Inc. (TINTA), a cable
television and telecommunications company. Prior to his current position with
TINTA, Mr. Vierra served as the Chief Executive Officer from June 1995 to
January 1998 and as Executive Vice President from December 1991 to June 1995.
Prior to joining TINTA, Mr. Vierra was President and Chief Operating Officer of
the United Artists Entertainment Company, a cable television and motion picture
theatre company, from 1989 to 1991. Mr. Vierra received a B.S. in Business
Administration from the University of Tulsa in 1957.
 
Classified Board
 
   
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides for a classified Board
of Directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered
three-year terms. As a result, a portion of the Company's Board of Directors
will be elected each year. To implement the classified structure, prior to the
consummation of the offering, two of the nominees to the Board will be elected
to one-year terms, two will be elected to two-year terms, and three will be
elected to three-year terms. Thereafter, directors will be elected for
three-year terms. Robert A. Burgelman, Frank R. Kline and Tom Shao have been
designated Class I directors whose term expires at the 1999 annual meeting of
stockholders. Peter C. Chen, Warren J. Kaplan and Fred A. Vierra have been
designated Class II directors whose term expires at the 2000 annual meeting of
stockholders. James Sha, Kimball W. Small and Sherman Tuan have been designated
Class III directors whose term expires at the 2001 annual meeting of
stockholders. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Antitakeover Effects of
Provisions of Certain Charter Provisions, Bylaws and Delaware Law."
    
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
     The Board of Directors has a Compensation Committee and an Audit Committee.
 
  Compensation Committee
 
     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and makes
recommendations to the Board regarding all forms of compensation provided to the
executive officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries including
stock compensation and loans. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews
and makes recommendations on bonus and stock compensation arrangements for all
employees of the Company. As part of the foregoing, the Compensation Committee
also administers the Company's 1996 and 1997 Stock Option Plans, 1998 Stock
Incentive Plan and 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The current members of the
Compensation Committee are Messrs. Chen, Kline and Small.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   50
 
  Audit Committee
 
     The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and monitors the
corporate financial reporting and the internal and external audits of the
Company, including, among other things, the Company's internal audit and control
functions, the results and scope of the annual audit and other services provided
by the Company's independent auditors and the Company's compliance with legal
matters that have a significant impact on the Company's financial reports. The
Audit Committee also consults with the Company's management and the Company's
independent auditors prior to the presentation of financial statements to
stockholders and, as appropriate, initiates inquiries into aspects of the
Company's financial affairs. In addition, the Audit Committee has the
responsibility to consider and recommend the appointment of, and to review fee
arrangements with, the Company's independent auditors. The current members of
the Audit Committee are Messrs. Sha, Shao and Small.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS
 
     Directors of the Company who are not employees receive cash payments of
$2,000 per Board meeting and Committee meeting. From time to time, certain
directors who are not employees of the Company have received grants of options
to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock. Following this offering,
directors will receive automatic option grants under the Company's 1998 Stock
Incentive Plan. See "-- Stock Incentive Plan."
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors currently consists of
Messrs. Chen, Kline and Small. No interlocking relationship exists between any
member of the Company's Board of Directors or the Company's Compensation
Committee and any member of the board of directors or compensation committee of
any other company, and no such interlocking relationship has existed in the
past.
 
ADVISORY BOARD
 
     The Company has an Advisory Board whose members advise management of the
Company with respect to strategic issues and other business matters. The
Company's Advisory Board currently consists of the following persons:
 
     Robert Berger is an Internet bandwidth development consultant. Mr. Berger
founded InterNex Information Services, Inc. ("InterNex") in 1993 and held
various executive management positions with InterNex until March 1997.
 
     Gregg Carse has worked with CWA International since 1980, during which time
he founded CWA Communications Products, a designer and manufacturer of
telecommunications equipment.
 
     Michael Conley is General Manager of Perspecta, Inc. Prior to that, he
served as a Managing Director of Spyglass Incorporated. Mr. Conley has had
various positions with NetFrame Systems Incorporated from 1989 to 1996 with the
most recent being Vice President and General Manager, Asia Pacific.
 
     Daniel Gatti has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Mayan
Networks, a multiservice carrier class access switch company, since June 1998.
Prior to joining Mayan Networks, Mr. Gatti served as Vice President and General
Manager of 3COM's Network Service Provider Division.
 
     Glenn Kohner is President of ISO-Online Inc. Prior to 1996, Mr. Kohner was
a consultant and business owner.
 
     James Lee is Director of Strategy at the Singapore National IT Research
Institute, Kent Ridge Digital Labs.
 
     Frank McGrath has been Vice President of WorldCom, Inc. since 1988. From
1980 to 1988, Mr. McGrath was Vice President of ITT World Communications.
 
     Greg Moyer is Chief Executive Officer and Creative Director of Flying
Beyond, Inc. Mr. Moyer, from 1989 to 1993, was Creative Director and Lead
Producer of National Meeting Company.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   51
 
     Richard Steranka has held several positions at Cisco Systems, Inc. since
1992. Mr. Steranka is presently Director, Small-Medium Business Channel
Marketing.
 
     Bruce Weber has been President of QMS Quality Management System, Inc. since
1995 and a Senior Executive of Boca Corporate Resources, a successor of Martin,
Randolph and Barnes since 1992, a firm specializing in corporate acquisitions,
restructuring and leveraged buyouts.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth the compensation earned during the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1998, by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the
Company's three other most highly compensated executive officers (collectively,
the "Named Executive Officers"), for services rendered in all capacities to the
Company for that fiscal year.
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     LONG TERM
                                                                                COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION      ---------------------
                                                    -----------------------         SECURITIES
           NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION              SALARY($)      BONUS($)    UNDERLYING OPTIONS(#)
           ---------------------------              ---------      --------    ---------------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>         <C>
Sherman Tuan
  Chief Executive Officer.........................   132,500(1)       --(2)           108,000(3)
Warren J. Kaplan
  President, Chief Operating Officer..............    71,635(4)       --(5)           324,000(6)
Stephen P. Belomy
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
  Officer.........................................   112,500          --               68,000
David Rand
  Chief Technology Officer........................   103,333(7)(8)    --               48,000(9)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Upon the closing of this offering, Mr. Tuan's annual base salary will
    increase to $225,000 with a minimum annual increase of 10% each year
    thereafter. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
(2) Upon the closing of the offering, Mr. Tuan will receive a minimum annual
    bonus of $50,000 per year (such bonus not to exceed the amount of Mr. Tuan's
    then current salary), with a minimum bonus increase of 10% each year
    thereafter. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
(3) On August 18, 1998, Mr. Tuan received an option to purchase 210,400 shares
    of Common Stock at an exercise price of $7.50 per share which will vest in
    equal installments over 48 months.
 
(4) Upon the closing of the offering, Mr. Kaplan's annual base salary will
    increase to $225,000 with a minimum annual increase of 10% each year
    thereafter. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
(5) Upon the closing of the offering, Mr. Kaplan will receive a minimum annual
    bonus of $50,000 per year (such bonus not to exceed the amount of Mr.
    Kaplan's then current salary), with a minimum annual bonus increase of 10%
    each year thereafter. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
(6) Includes an option to purchase 44,000 shares granted for services rendered
    as a consultant, of which the option to purchase 14,667 shares has been
    cancelled. Mr. Kaplan's option for 280,000 shares contains an antidilution
    clause which provides that, prior to any underwritten initial public
    offering of the Company's securities, the number of option shares under the
    Option Grant will always be equal to 5% of the Company's outstanding common
    stock minus 44,000 shares (the "Anti-Dilution Clause"). Under the terms of
    the Anti-Dilution Clause, Mr. Kaplan received an additional 423,780 option
    shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share on July 31, 1998 and an
    additional 48,177 option shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share on
    September 4, 1998. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
(7) Mr. Rand's employment started on May 1, 1998 at an annual salary of
    $140,000.
 
(8) Includes $80,000 earned as a consultant.
 
(9) On August 18, 1998, Mr. Rand received an option to purchase 162,000 shares
    of Common Stock at an exercise price of $7.50 per share.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   52
 
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
     The following table sets forth each grant of stock options during the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 to each of the Named Executive Officers. No
stock appreciation rights were granted during such fiscal year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                             INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                VALUE AT
                        ------------------------------------------------------------       ASSUMED ANNUAL
                        NUMBER OF                                                       RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                        SECURITIES    PERCENT OF TOTAL                                    APPRECIATION FOR
                        UNDERLYING    OPTIONS GRANTED     EXERCISE OR                     OPTION TERM($)(9)
                         OPTIONS      TO EMPLOYEES IN      BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION    ---------------------
         NAME           GRANTED(#)     FISCAL YEAR(6)     ($/SHARE)(7)     DATE(8)         5%          10%
         ----           ----------    ----------------    ------------    ----------    --------    ---------
<S>                     <C>           <C>                 <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>
Sherman Tuan..........   100,000(1)        11.18              0.25         12/09/07      15,722       39,844
                           8,000(2)            *              0.75          1/26/08       3,773        9,562
Warren J. Kaplan......    44,000(3)         4.92              0.13         11/09/07       3,597        9,116
                         280,000(4)        31.30              0.25         11/09/07      44,023      111,562
Stephen P. Belomy.....    60,000(5)         6.71              0.25         12/09/07       9,433       23,906
                           8,000(2)            *              0.75          1/26/08       3,773        9,562
David Rand............    40,000(5)         4.47              0.25         12/09/07       6,289       15,937
                           8,000(2)            *              0.75          1/26/08       3,773        9,562
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 *  Less than one percent.
 
(1) 6.25% of the shares vest 3 months after the vesting commencement date with a
    further 6.25% vesting every 3 months thereafter until the first anniversary
    of the vesting commencement date and 1/36 of the remaining shares vesting
    each month thereafter. Under the terms of Mr. Tuan's employment agreement,
    all of the shares subject to this option will accelerate and become fully
    vested in the event that either Mr. Tuan's employment with the Company is
    terminated without cause or there is a material breach by the Company of his
    employment agreement. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
(2) Each of the options granted to Messrs. Tuan, Belomy and Rand on January 27,
    1998 were fully vested at the time of grant.
 
(3) 1/3 of the shares vested on December 10, 1997, 1/3 of the shares vested on
    January 10, 1998 and 1/3 of the shares vested on February 9, 1998. The
    option was cancelled with respect to 14,667 shares when Mr. Kaplan joined
    the Company as President and Chief Operating Officer.
 
(4) With respect to Mr. Kaplan's option granted on November 10, 1997 at $0.25
    per share, 1/5 of the shares were immediately exercisable and 1/36 of the
    remaining shares become exercisable each month thereafter. This option
    contains an anti-dilution clause which provides that, prior to any
    underwritten initial public offering of the Company's securities, the number
    of option shares under the Option Grant will always be equal to 5% of the
    Company's outstanding Common Stock less 29,333 shares (the "Anti-Dilution
    Clause"). Under the terms of the Anti-Dilution Clause, Mr. Kaplan received
    an additional 423,780 option shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per
    share on July 31, 1998 and an additional 48,177 option shares with an
    exercise price of $0.25 per share on September 4, 1998. All of the shares
    subject to this option will accelerate and become fully vested upon the
    closing of the offering. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
(5) 6.25% of the shares vest 3 months after the vesting commencement date with a
    further 6.25% vesting every 3 months thereafter until the first anniversary
    of the vesting commencement date and 1/36 of the remaining shares vesting
    each month thereafter.
 
(6) Based on an aggregate of 894,600 options granted to employees of the Company
    under the 1997 Stock Option Plan and the option granted to Mr. Kaplan on
    November 10, 1997 with an exercise price of $0.25 per share. See
    "-- Employment Agreements."
 
(7) The exercise price is equal to the deemed fair market value of the Company's
    Common Stock as estimated by the Board of Directors on the date of grant
    with the exception of the November 10, 1997 option granted to Mr. Kaplan to
    purchase 280,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per
    share, which was deemed to be above the fair market value on the date of
    grant. The fair market value of the Company's Common Stock was estimated by
    the Board of Directors on the basis of the purchase price paid by investors
    for shares of the Company's Preferred Stock (taking into account the
    liquidation preferences and other rights, privileges and preferences
    associated with such Preferred Stock) and an evaluation by the Board of
    Directors of the Company's revenues, operating history and prospects.
 
(8) Each of the options has a ten-year term, subject to earlier termination in
    the event of the optionee's earlier cessation of service with the Company.
 
(9) The assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock price appreciation are provided in
    accordance with rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not
    represent the Company's estimate or projection of the future Common Stock
    price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on the
    future performance of the Common Stock, overall market conditions and the
    option holders' continued employment through the vesting period. Unless the
    market price of the Common Stock appreciates over the option term, no value
    will be realized from the option grants made to the Named Executive
    Officers. The potential realizable values shown in the table are calculated
    by assuming that the estimated fair market value of the Company's Common
    Stock on the date of grant increases by 5% and 10%, respectively, during
    each year of the option term. See footnote 7 for information on how such
    fair market value was estimated. The initial public offering price is
    significantly higher than the estimated fair market value on the date of
    grant, and the potential realizable value of the option grants would be
    significantly higher than the numbers shown in the table if future stock
    prices were projected to the end of the option term by applying the same
    annual rates of stock price appreciation to the initial public offering
    price.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   53
 
AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
     The following table sets forth information concerning the options exercised
by the Named Executive Officers in fiscal year 1998 and the year-end number and
value of unexercised options with respect to each of the Named Executive
Officers. No stock appreciation rights were exercised by the Named Executive
Officers in fiscal year 1998 or were outstanding at the end of that year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                             UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                               OPTIONS AT FISCAL             IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                           SHARES                                 YEAR-END(#)              AT FISCAL YEAR-END($)(3)
                        ACQUIRED ON         VALUE        ------------------------------   ---------------------------
         NAME           EXERCISE(#)    REALIZED($)(1)    EXERCISABLE(2)   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
         ----           ------------   ---------------   --------------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                     <C>            <C>               <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
Sherman Tuan..........         --                --         248,000          140,000        771,500        451,500
Warren J. Kaplan......    105,333            64,833          23,555          180,444         70,665        541,332
Stephen P. Belomy.....     12,083            37,708          89,250               --        270,000             --
David Rand............         --                --         138,000          100,000        427,250        317,500
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Based on the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of
    exercise, less the exercise price payable for such shares.
 
(2) Certain of the options are immediately exercisable for all the option shares
    as of the date of grant but any shares purchased thereunder are subject to
    repurchase by the Company at the original exercise price paid per share upon
    the optionee's cessation of service to the Company prior to vesting in such
    shares.
 
(3) Based on the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at fiscal year
    end of $3.25 per share less the exercise price payable for such shares. The
    fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at the end of fiscal year
    1998 was estimated by the Board of Directors on the basis of the purchase
    price paid by investors for shares of the Company's Preferred Stock (taking
    into account the liquidation preferences and other rights, privileges and
    preferences associated with such Preferred Stock) and an evaluation by the
    Board of Directors of the Company's revenues, operating history and
    prospects. The initial public offering price is significantly higher than
    the estimated fair market value at fiscal year-end, and the value of
    unexercised options would be higher than the numbers shown in the table if
    such value were calculated by subtracting the exercise price from the
    initial public offering price.
 
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     In August 1998, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the Company's 1998
Stock Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan"). It replaces the Company's
1996 Stock Option Plan and its 1997 Stock Plan (the "Prior Plans"). The Prior
Plans will be terminated effective upon the adoption of the Stock Incentive
Plan. No further grants will be made under the Prior Plans following this
offering, although they will continue to govern all outstanding awards made
thereunder. All awards after this offering will be made under the Stock
Incentive Plan.
 
     The number of shares of Common Stock that are reserved for issuance under
the Stock Incentive Plan pursuant to the direct award or sale of shares or the
exercise of options is equal to 2,500,000. If any options granted under the
Stock Incentive Plan are forfeited or terminate for any other reason without
having been exercised in full, then the unpurchased shares subject to those
options will become available for additional grants of stock options or shares
under the Stock Incentive Plan. If shares granted or purchased under the Stock
Incentive Plan are forfeited, then those shares will also become available for
additional grants under the Stock Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved
for issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan will be increased automatically on
July 1 of each year by a number equal to the lesser of (i) 500,000 shares or
(ii) 4% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding at that time. Options granted
to any optionee in a single fiscal year shall not cover more than 500,000 shares
except that options granted to a new employee in the fiscal year in which his or
her service as an employee first commences shall not cover more than 1,000,000
shares.
 
     Under the Stock Incentive Plan, directors of the Company and employees of
and consultants and advisors to the Company, or a subsidiary or affiliate of the
Company, are eligible to purchase shares of Common Stock and to receive awards
of shares or grants of nonstatutory options (collectively, the "Awards").
Employees are also eligible to receive grants of incentive stock options
("ISOs") intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"). The Stock Incentive Plan is administered by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which selects the persons to
whom shares will be sold or awarded or options will be granted, determines the
type, number, vesting requirements and other features and
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   54
 
conditions of each sale, award or grant, interprets the Plan and makes all other
decisions relating to the operation of the Plan.
 
     The exercise price under any nonstatutory stock options ("NSOs") generally
must be at least 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant, and the exercise price may vary in accordance with a predetermined
formula while the NSO is outstanding. The exercise price under ISOs cannot be
lower than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant and, in the case of ISOs granted to holders of more than 10% of the voting
power of the Company, not less than 110% of such fair market value. The term of
an ISO cannot exceed 10 years, and the term of an ISO granted to a holder of
more than 10% of the voting power of the Company cannot exceed five years.
 
     The exercise price of Common Stock issued upon exercise of options is
payable in cash equivalents at the time when such shares of Common Stock are
purchased, except that the Stock Option Agreement for an ISO, and with respect
to an NSO, the Committee at any time, may specify that payment may be made in
any of the following forms: (i) by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership
of, shares of Common Stock that are already owned by the optionee; (ii) by
delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) an irrevocable direction to a
securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the shares
being purchased under the Stock Incentive Plan and to deliver all or part of the
sales proceeds to the Company; (iii) by delivering (on a form prescribed by the
Company) an irrevocable direction to pledge all or part of the shares being
purchased under the Stock Incentive Plan to a securities broker or lender
approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of
the loan proceeds to the Company; (iv) by delivering (on a form prescribed by
the Company) a full-recourse promissory note (however, the par value of the
shares being purchased under the Stock Incentive Plan, if newly issued, shall be
paid in cash or cash equivalents); or (v) any other form that is consistent with
applicable laws, regulations and rules.
 
     Beginning after this offering, each new non-employee director who is
elected to the Company's Board of Directors will automatically be granted as of
the date of election an NSO to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant. The shares subject to these options will vest in 36 equal installments at
monthly intervals over the three-year period commencing on the date of grant. In
addition, each non-employee director who will continue to serve following any
annual meeting of stockholders will automatically be granted an option as of the
date of such meeting to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
These options will vest on the first anniversary of grant. These options will
expire on the earliest of (i) the 10th anniversary of grant, (ii) 3 months after
termination of service for any reason other than death or total and permanent
disability or (iii) 12 months after termination of service due to death or
disability. No director will receive the 15,000-share grant and a 5,000-share
grant in the same fiscal year.
 
     The Compensation Committee (in its sole discretion) may permit or require
an optionee to have shares that otherwise would be delivered to such optionee as
a result of the exercise of an option converted into amounts credited to a
deferred compensation account established for such optionee as an entry on the
Company's books. In addition to options, shares may be sold or awarded under the
Plan for such consideration as the Compensation Committee may determine,
including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory
notes, past services and future services. To the extent that an award consists
of newly issued shares, the recipient must furnish consideration with a value
not less than the par value of such Shares in the form of cash, cash equivalents
or past services rendered to the Company (or a parent or subsidiary), as the
Committee may determine. The holders of shares awarded under the Plan shall have
the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company's other stockholders
except that the award agreement may require that the holders of shares invest
any cash dividends received in additional shares. Such additional shares are
subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the award with respect to
which the dividends were paid.
 
     Immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control, an Award
will become fully exercisable as to all shares subject to such Award, except
that (i) in the case of an ISO, the acceleration of exercisability shall not
occur without the Optionee's written consent; and (ii) if the Company and the
other party to the transaction constituting a Change in Control agree that such
transactions is to be treated as a "pooling of interest" for financial reporting
purposes, and if such transaction in fact is so treated, then the acceleration
of
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   55
 
exercisability shall not occur to the extent that the Company's independent
accountants and such other party's independent accountants separately determine
in good faith that such acceleration would preclude the use of "pooling of
interest" accounting. In addition, all options granted to non-employee directors
will become fully exercisable in the event of the termination of the director's
service because of death, total and permanent disability or retirement at or
after age 70.
 
     The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time. The Plan shall
remain in effect until it is terminated except that no ISOs shall be granted on
or after the 10th anniversary of the later of (i) the date when the Board
adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board adopted the most recent
increase in the number of Common Shares available under the Plan which was
approved by the Company's stockholders. Amendments may be subject to stockholder
approval to the extent required by applicable laws.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     In August 1998, the Board of Directors adopted the Company's Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") to provide employees of the Company with an
opportunity to purchase Common Stock through payroll deductions. Under the ESPP,
250,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance. As of July 1 of
each year, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP will be
increased automatically by the number of shares necessary to cause the number of
shares then available for purchase to be restored to 250,000. The ESPP is
expected to become effective at the time of this Offering. All employees whose
customary employment is for more than five months per calendar year and for more
than 20 hours per week will be eligible to participate in the ESPP commencing
with the effective date of this offering.
 
     Eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their total cash
compensation to the ESPP. Amounts withheld are applied at the end of every
six-month accumulation period to purchase shares of Common Stock, but not more
than 5,000 shares per accumulation period. The value of the Common Stock
(determined as of the beginning of the offering period) that may be purchased by
any participant in a calendar year is limited to $25,000. Participants may
withdraw their contributions at any time before stock is purchased.
 
     The purchase price is equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the market price of
Common Stock immediately before the beginning of the applicable offering period
or (ii) the market price of Common Stock at the time of the purchase. In
general, each offering period is 24 months long, but a new offering period
begins every six months. Thus up to four overlapping offering periods may be in
effect at the same time. An offering period continues to apply to a participant
for the full 24 months, unless the market price of Common Stock is lower when a
subsequent offering period begins. In that event, the subsequent offering period
automatically becomes the applicable period for purposes of determining the
purchase price. The first accumulation and offering periods are expected to
commence on the effective date of this offering and will end on April 30, 1999,
and October 31, 2000, respectively.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company has entered into an Employment Agreement (the "Tuan Agreement")
with Sherman Tuan dated as of February 1, 1998. Under the Tuan Agreement, Mr.
Tuan receives certain compensation and benefits including, but not limited to,
an annual base salary of $150,000, bonus, and stock options. Under the Tuan
Agreement, Mr. Tuan's base salary increases upon consummation of this offering
to a minimum of $225,000 and his bonus to a minimum of $50,000. The bonus cannot
exceed the amount of Mr. Tuan's then current salary. In addition, following this
offering, Mr. Tuan is guaranteed a minimum annual salary and bonus increase of
10% each year thereafter. In addition, the Tuan Agreement provides for Mr. Tuan
to receive his base salary for twelve months and for the immediate, full
acceleration of vesting of Mr. Tuan's option shares following either a
termination without Cause or a Material Breach of the Tuan Agreement by the
Company prior to December 31, 1999. For the purposes of the Tuan Agreement,
"Cause" means (i) Mr. Tuan's conviction of, guilty or "no contest" plea to or
confession of guilt of a felony, (ii) a willful act by Mr. Tuan which
constitutes gross misconduct and which is materially injurious to the Company or
(iii) violation by Mr. Tuan of the Company's Proprietary Information and
Inventions Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company. For the
purposes of the Tuan Agreement, "Material Breach" means (a) the failure of the
Company to pay base salary or additional compensation in accordance with the
Tuan Agreement, (b) the assignment to Mr. Tuan without Mr. Tuan's consent of
duties substantially inconsistent with his duties
                                       54
<PAGE>   56
 
as set forth in the Tuan Agreement, (c) the relocation of the Company's
principal offices to a geographic location other than Northern California, or
(d) a failure to reelect Mr. Tuan as a member of the Board.
 
     The Company has entered into an Employment Agreement (the "Kaplan
Agreement") with Warren J. Kaplan dated as of November 10, 1997. Under the
Kaplan Agreement, Mr. Kaplan receives certain compensation and benefits
including, but not limited to an annual base salary of $150,000, bonus (not to
exceed his then current salary), and stock options. The Kaplan Agreement
provides that the Company shall continue to pay Mr. Kaplan his base salary for
twelve months following a termination without cause during the term of the
Kaplan Agreement. Under the Kaplan Agreement, Mr. Kaplan's base salary increases
upon consummation of this offering to a minimum of $225,000 and his bonus to a
minimum of $50,000. The bonus cannot exceed the amount of Mr. Kaplan's then
current salary. In addition, following this offering, Mr. Kaplan is guaranteed a
minimum annual salary and bonus increase of 10% each year thereafter.
 
     Under the terms of the Kaplan Agreement, Mr. Kaplan received an option to
purchase shares of the Company's common stock (the "Option"). The initial Option
was for 280,000 shares. However, the Option contains an anti-dilution clause
which guarantees that, prior to any underwritten initial public offering of the
Company's securities, the number of option shares under the Option will always
be equal to 5% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock less 29,333 shares (the
"Anti-Dilution Clause"). Under the terms of the Anti-Dilution Clause, Mr. Kaplan
received an additional 423,780 shares on July 31, 1998 and an additional 48,177
shares on September 4, 1998. The Option is immediately exercisable with respect
to 20% of the option shares and the balance becomes exercisable in equal monthly
installments over the next 36 months of employment with the Company measured
from November 10, 1997, the date of the Kaplan Agreement. The exercise price is
$0.25 per share which was above the fair market value of the Company's Common
Stock on November 10, 1997. All outstanding options will accelerate and all
shares that remain subject to the Company's right of repurchase will become
fully vested and no longer subject to the Company's right of repurchase in the
event of: (i) a Corporate Transaction; (ii) Mr. Kaplan's employment with the
Company being terminated without cause; or (iii) a material breach by the
Company of the terms of the Kaplan Agreement.
 
     For the purposes of the Kaplan Agreement, "Corporate Transaction" means one
of the following events: (a) Sherman Tuan ceases to be the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and is succeeded in such position by any person other than Mr.
Kaplan; (b) an underwritten initial public offering of the Company's securities;
(c) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into
another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if more than 50% of the
combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity's securities
outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization
is owned by persons who were not shareholders of the Company immediately prior
to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization; (d) the sale, transfer or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; (e) the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (f) any transaction as a result of
which any person becomes the beneficial owner of securities of the Company
representing at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company's
then outstanding voting securities, provided that person is not either a
shareholder of the Company on November 10, 1997 or a trustee or other fiduciary
holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a parent
or subsidiary of the Company. A transaction shall not constitute a Corporate
Transaction if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's
incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially
the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities
immediately before such transaction. As a result, at the closing of this
offering, Mr. Kaplan will be fully vested in the Option.
 
     The Company has entered into an Employment Agreement (the "Rand Agreement")
with David Rand effective as of May 1, 1998. Under the Rand Agreement, Mr. Rand
is appointed to the position of Chief Technology Officer of the Company and will
receive an annual base salary of $140,000. The Rand Agreement provides for six
months' severance in the event of termination without cause.
 
     See "Risk Factors -- Management of Growth; Dependence on Key Personnel."
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   57
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
     The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of
directors to the maximum extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Delaware law
provides that a corporation's certificate of incorporation may contain a
provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director for
monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for
liability (i) for any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful
payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided
in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
     The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its
directors, officers and employee benefit plan fiduciaries, and may indemnify its
employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Company
believes that indemnification under its Bylaws covers at least negligence and
gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. The Company's Bylaws also
permit the Company to advance expenses incurred by an indemnified director or
officer in connection with the defense of any action or proceeding arising out
of such director's or officer's status or service as a director or officer of
the Company upon any undertaking by such director or officer to repay such
advances if it is ultimately determined that such director or officer is not
entitled to such indemnification.
 
     The Company has entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and
officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in the Company's
Bylaws. These agreements, among other things, indemnify the Company's directors
and officers for certain expenses (including attorneys' fees and associated
legal expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement amounts if such
settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld, actually and reasonably incurred by any such person in
any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism arising
out of such person's services as a director or officer of the Company, any
subsidiary of the Company or any other company or enterprise to which the person
provides services at the request of the Company. The Company believes that those
provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified
directors and officers.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   58
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     Since the Company's inception in March 1996, there has not been any
transaction or series of similar transactions to which the Company was or is a
party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $60,000 and in which any
director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of any class of the
Company's voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the
foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other
than the transactions described below.
 
EQUITY FINANCINGS
 
     Since its inception, the Company has financed its growth primarily through
the sale of Preferred Stock, resulting in the issuance of an aggregate of
1,640,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at purchase price of $0.25 per
share; 1,811,047 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a weighted-average
purchase price of $0.89 per share; 3,204,800 shares of Series C Preferred Stock
at a weighted-average purchase price of $1.21 per share; and 3,384,613 shares of
Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $3.25 per share; and 654,040
shares of Series E Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $6.25 per share. The
purchasers of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock of the
Company include the following directors, executive officers and 5% or greater
stockholders of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NUMBER OF SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK
                               -----------------------------------------------------------
            NAME               SERIES A    SERIES B    SERIES C     SERIES D     SERIES E
            ----               --------    --------    ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                            <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Hui-Tzu Hu(1)................       --     240,022       800,000      307,692           --
Kline Hawkes California SBIC,
  L.P.(1)(2).................       --          --            --    1,230,769       64,000
Techgains Corp. and
  Technology Associates
  Management Co.,
  Ltd.(1)(3).................       --          --       884,000      307,692           --
Primus Technology Fund(1)....       --          --            --      615,384      179,200
Peter C. Chen(1)(4)..........  440,000     273,726            --           --           --
Warren J. Kaplan(5)..........       --          --        20,000           --        4,000
Kimball Small(6).............       --     520,000            --           --           --
Spring Creek
  Investments(7).............       --          --            --      153,846           --
Jerry Chen(8)................       --      54,000            --           --           --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Holds 5% or more of the Company's outstanding capital stock. Includes all
    shares held by affiliated entities.
 
(2) Frank R. Kline, a director of the Company, is a private equity manager of
    Kline Hawkes California SBIC, L.P.
 
(3) Tom Shao, a director of the Company, is a Managing Director of Technology
    Associates Management Co., Ltd.
 
(4) Peter C. Chen is a director of the Company.
 
(5) Includes shares held by Mr. Kaplan and his wife. Warren J. Kaplan is the
    President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of the Company.
 
(6) Kimball Small is a director of the Company.
 
(7) James Sha, a director of the Company, is a principal of Spring Creek
    Investments.
 
(8) Jerry Chen is an executive officer of the Company.
 
CONSULTING WARRANTS
 
     The Company issued a warrant to Primus Technology Fund, a holder of more
than 5% of the Company's capital stock, to purchase 14,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock at a per share exercise price of $3.25 in connection with
services provided by Primus in assisting the Company in establishing operations
in Asia.
 
     In December 1996, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of
166,666 shares of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $0.075 per
share to Stephen Belomy, the Company's Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary, and Kimball Small, a member of the Company's Board of
Directors (the "Real Estate Consulting Options"), in consideration of their
providing real estate consulting services to the Company. In June 1998, the
Board of Directors of the Company fully accelerated the vesting of the
outstanding Real Estate Consulting Options.
 
REAL PROPERTY AGREEMENTS
 
     Kimball Small Properties co-manages the building in which the Company's San
Jose, California office and ISX facility is located, and has an ownership
interest in the building. Kimball Small, President of Kimball
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   59
 
Small Properties, is a holder of more than 5% of the Company's capital stock and
is a director of the Company.
 
     The Company is currently negotiating a lease for an approximately 100,000
square foot ISX facility in San Jose, California. Kimball Small Properties
co-manages the building in which the new facility is being located and has an
ownership interest in the building. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associates with
Recent and Planned Business Expansion."
 
WARRANTS
 
     In connection with the exchange of outstanding notes and warrants for the
Company's Series B Preferred Stock, the Company issued a warrant to the Peter
and Pat Chen Living Trust, owned as community property by Peter C. Chen, a
holder of more than 5% of the Company's capital stock and Vice Chairman of the
Board of Directors, to purchase 43,156 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a
per share exercise price of $1.25.
 
     In connection with the exchange of outstanding notes and warrants for the
Company's Series B Preferred Stock, the Company issued a warrant to Hui-Tzu Hu,
a holder of more than 5% of the Company's capital stock, to purchase 47,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock at a per share exercise price of $1.25.
 
TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT
 
     David Rand, the Company's Chief Technology Officer, has granted to the
Company perpetual, non-royalty bearing worldwide licenses to the EtherValve and
MRTG technologies and assigned the APS and ASAP technology to the Company
pursuant to a Technology Agreement dated August 18, 1998. In consideration for
entering into the agreement, Mr. Rand received options to purchase 162,000
shares of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $7.50 per share.
The options vest over four years.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company has entered into employment agreements with each of Warren J.
Kaplan, the Company's President and Chief Operating Officer and a member of the
Company's Board of Directors, Sherman Tuan, the Company's Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors, and David Rand, the
Company's Chief Technology Officer. See "Risk Factors -- Management of Growth;
Dependence on Key Personnel" and "Management -- Employment Agreements."
 
INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of its
directors for monetary damages arising from a breach of their fiduciary duty as
directors, except to the extent otherwise required by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Such limitation of liability does not affect the availability
of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
 
     The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors
and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including in
circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware
law. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with its
officers and directors containing provisions that may require the Company, among
other things, to indemnify such officers and directors against certain
liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or
officers (other than liabilities arising form willful misconduct of a culpable
nature), to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding
against them as to which they could be indemnified, and to obtain directors' and
officers' insurance if available on reasonable terms. See
"Management -- Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters."
 
     The Company believes that all of the transactions set forth above were made
on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties. All future transactions, including loans between the
Company and its officers, directors, principal stockholders and their
affiliates, will be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, including
a majority of the independent and disinterested outside directors on the Board
of Directors, and will continue to be on terms no less favorable to the Company
than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   60
 
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company
regarding the beneficial ownership of it's Common Stock (assuming conversion of
all outstanding Preferred Stock) as of October 14, 1998, and as adjusted to
reflect the sale by the Company of           shares of Common Stock by (i) each
person or entity who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of
the Company's Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each of the
Named Executive Officers and (iv) all executive officers and directors of the
Company as a group.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY    SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                              OWNED PRIOR TO          OWNED AFTER
                                                              OFFERING(1)(2)        OFFERING(1)(2)
                                                           --------------------   -------------------
            DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS                 NUMBER     PERCENT    NUMBER     PERCENT
            --------------------------------               ----------   -------   ---------   -------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>
Robert A. Burgelman(3)...................................      15,000     0.1%
Peter C. Chen(4).........................................     756,882     6.0%
Warren J. Kaplan(5)......................................     407,753     3.2%
Frank R. Kline(6)........................................   1,294,769    10.3%
James Sha(7).............................................     153,846     1.2%
Tom Shao(8)..............................................   1,191,692     9.5%
Kimball Small(9).........................................     653,333     5.2%
Sherman Tuan(10).........................................     636,900     4.9%
Fred A. Vierra(11).......................................      15,000     0.1%
Stephen P. Belomy(12)....................................     209,333     1.7%
David Rand(13)...........................................     300,000     2.3%
All directors and officers as a group (18 persons)(14)...   6,062,758    43.5%
5% STOCKHOLDERS
- --------------
 
Hui-Tzu Hu(15)...........................................   1,394,714    11.1%
  c/o D-Link Corporation
  2F No. 233-2 Pro-Chino Road
  Tsin-Tren
  Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C.
Kline Hawkes California SBIC, L.P.(16)...................   1,294,769    10.3%
  11726 San Vicente Blvd.
  Suite 300
  Los Angeles, California 90049
Techgains Corp. and Technology Associates................   1,191,692     9.5%
  Management Co., Ltd.(17)
  2378 W. 239th Street
  Torrance, California 90501
Primus Technology Fund(18)...............................     808,584     6.5%
  16th Floor, 35 Sec. 3
  Min Chuan E. Road
  Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
 (1) Applicable percentage ownership is based on 12,533,318 shares of Common
     Stock and Preferred Stock (on an as converted to Common Stock basis)
     outstanding as of October 14, 1998 and             shares immediately
     following the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the
     Underwriters' over-allotment option). Beneficial ownership is determined in
     accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
     generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities,
     subject to community property laws, where applicable. Shares of Common
     Stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60
     days of October 14, 1998 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the person
     holding such options or warrants for the purpose of computing the
     percentage ownership of such person but are not treated as outstanding for
     purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   61
 
 (2) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
   
 (3) Mr. Burgelman is a director of the Company.
    
 
   
 (4) Includes 43,156 shares issuable pursuant to a warrant to purchase Series B
     Preferred Stock. Includes all shares owned as community property with Pat
     Chen and all shares owned by the Peter Cheng-Yu and Pat Te-Hui Living
     Trust. Mr. Chen is a director of the Company.
    
 
   
 (5) Includes 251,621 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 14, 1998. Includes 20,000 shares of
     Common Stock and 4,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock owned by Judith
     A. Kaplan, Mr. Kaplan's wife. Excludes shares of Common Stock owned by Mr.
     Kaplan's adult children. Note also, however, that 384,332 shares of Common
     Stock issuable pursuant to options currently subject to vesting after 60
     days from October 14, 1998 shall become immediately exercisable upon the
     closing of this offering which will result in Mr. Kaplan beneficially
     owning 805,286 shares, representing ____% of the Company's outstanding
     Common Stock. Mr. Kaplan is a director and an officer of the Company.
    
 
   
 (6) Includes 1,294,769 shares held by Kline Hawkes California SBIC, L.P. and
     its affiliates. Mr. Kline, a director of the Company and a private equity
     manager of Kline Hawkes California L.P./Kline Hawkes California SBIC, L.P.,
     disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his
     pecuniary interest.
    
 
   
 (7) Includes 153,846 shares held by Spring Creek Investments. Mr. Sha, a
     director of the Company, is a principal of Spring Creek Investments.
    
 
   
 (8) Includes 1,191,692 shares held by Techgains Corp. and Technology Associates
     Management Co., Ltd. (collectively, "TAMC"). Mr. Shao is a Managing
     Director of TAMC. Mr. Shao, a director of the Company, disclaims beneficial
     ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
     therein.
    
 
   
 (9) Includes 133,333 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 14, 1998. Includes all shares held in
     community property with Martha Small. Mr. Small is a director of the
     Company.
    
 
   
(10) Includes 358,400 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 14, 1998. Mr. Tuan is a director and
     an officer of the Company.
    
 
   
(11) Mr. Vierra is a director of the Company.
    
 
   
(12) Includes 89,250 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 14, 1998. Mr. Belomy is an officer of
     the Company.
    
 
   
(13) Includes 300,000 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 14, 1998. Mr. Rand is an officer of
     the Company.
    
 
   
(14) Includes 1,423,354 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options
     exercisable within 60 days of October 14, 1998. See also footnotes 3 and 5.
    
 
   
(15) Includes 47,000 shares issuable pursuant to a warrant to purchase Series B
     Preferred Stock which will expire on the closing of this offering.
    
 
   
(16) The General Partner of Kline Hawkes California SBIC, a California limited
     partnership, is Kline Hawkes California SBIC GP, a limited partnership. The
     General Partner of Kline Hawkes California SBIC GPLP is Kline Hawkes
     Management SBIC, Inc. The controlling shareholder of Kline Hawkes
     Management SBIC, Inc. is Frank R. Kline, Jr.
    
 
   
(17) Includes all shares held by TAMC. Mr. Shao is a Managing Director of TAMC.
     Mr. Shao, a director of the Company, disclaims beneficial ownership of such
     shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
    
 
   
(18) Includes 14,000 shares issuable pursuant to a warrant to purchase Common
     Stock of the Company. In addition, includes all shares owned by Primus
     Holdings (BVI) Inc., an affiliated fund. The members of the Board of
     Directors of Primus Technology Fund are Kuo Yang Construction Co. Inc.,
     Thomas Chen, The Fubon Group and Tung Ho Steel Enterprise Corp.
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   62
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
     Upon the completion of this offering, the Company will be authorized to
issue 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, and 5,000,000 shares
of undesignated Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value. Immediately after the
completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-
allotment option, there will be an aggregate of                shares of Common
Stock outstanding,                shares of Common Stock will be issuable upon
exercise of outstanding options and warrants and no shares of Preferred Stock
will be issued and outstanding.
 
     The following description of the Company's capital stock and certain
provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws does not
purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, which are included as
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part,
and by applicable provisions of Delaware law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As of September 30, 1998, there were 12,508,318 shares of Common Stock
outstanding that were held of record by 91 stockholders. There will be
               shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option and no exercise of options and warrants then
outstanding) after giving effect to the sale of Common Stock offered to the
public hereby. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share
held of record in all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of
Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights, and, therefore, holders of a
majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all of the
directors. In such event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able
to elect any directors.
 
     Holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may
be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor, subject to the terms of any existing or future agreements
between the Company and its debtholders. The Company has never declared or paid
cash dividends on its capital stock, expects to retain future earnings, if any,
for use in the operation and expansion of its business, and does not anticipate
paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In the event of the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Common
Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets legally available for
distribution after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the
prior rights of holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding, if any.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Effective upon the closing of this offering, the Company will be authorized
to issue 5,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock. The Board of
Directors has the authority to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series
and to fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof,
including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights,
terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number
of shares constituting a series or the designation of such series, without any
further vote or action by the Company's stockholders. The issuance of Preferred
Stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible
acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company without further
action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the market price of, and the
voting and other rights of, the holders of Common Stock. The issuance of
Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the
voting power of the holders of Common Stock, including the loss of voting
control to others. The Company has no current plans to issue any shares of
Preferred Stock.
 
ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND
DELAWARE LAW
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that all stockholder
actions must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and may not
be effected by written consent. In addition, the Company has a classified Board
of Directors such that approximately one-third of the members of the Board of
Directors
                                       61
<PAGE>   63
 
are elected at each annual meeting of the stockholders. The Company's Bylaws
provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the
stockholders can only be called pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority
of the Board of Directors, or by the president of the Company, or by the
Chairman of the Board or at the request of stockholders holding at least a
majority of the Company's outstanding stock. In addition, the Bylaws establish
an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an
annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for
election to the Board. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider
proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before
the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by a stockholder
who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is
entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in
proper form to the Company's Secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring
such business before the meeting. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that
the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the total votes
eligible to be cast in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock") is
required to amend, alter, change or appeal certain of its provisions. The Bylaws
provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the
Voting Stock is required to amend, alter or repeal any of its provisions.
 
     The foregoing provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the
composition of the Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the
Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of transactions which may
involve an actual or threatened change of control of the Company. Such
provisions are designed to reduce the vulnerability of the Company to an
unsolicited acquisition proposal and, accordingly, could discourage potential
acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of the
Company. Such provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that
may be used in proxy fights but could, however, have the effect of discouraging
others from making tender offers for the Company's shares and, consequently, may
also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of the Company's shares that could
result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions may also have
the effect of preventing changes in the management of the Company. See "Risk
Factors -- Antitakeover Effects of Certain Charter Provisions, Bylaws and
Delaware Law."
 
EFFECT OF DELAWARE ANTITAKEOVER STATUTE
 
     The Company is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law ("Section 203") which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware
corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder
became an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior to such date, the board of
directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned
at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of
shares outstanding those shares owned (a) by persons who are directors and also
officers and (b) by the employee stock plans in which employee participants do
not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to
the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (iii) on or
subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of
directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and
not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
     Section 203 defines a business combination to include: (i) any merger or
consolidation involving the corporation and an interested stockholder; (ii) any
sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or
more of the assets or stock of the corporation involving an interested
stockholder; (iii) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction which results
in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation
to an interested stockholder; (iv) any transaction involving the corporation
which has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any
class or series, or convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the
corporation which is owned by an interested stockholder; or (v) the receipt by
an interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees,
pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In
general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   64
 
any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting
stock of the corporation or any entity or person affiliated with or controlling
or controlled by such entity or person. See "Risk Factors -- Antitakeover
Effects of Certain Charter Provisions, Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS OF CERTAIN HOLDERS
 
     After this offering, the holders of                shares of Common Stock
will be entitled upon expiration of the lock-up agreements with the Underwriters
to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the
Securities Act. Under the terms of the agreement between the Company and the
holders of such registrable securities, if the Company proposes to register any
of its securities under the Securities Act, either for its own account or for
the account of other securities holders exercising registration rights, such
holders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include
shares of such Common Stock therein. Holders of registration rights may also
require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at
the Company's expense with respect to their shares of Common Stock, and the
Company is required to use its best efforts to effect such registration.
Further, holders may require the Company to file registration statements on Form
S-3 at the Company's expense when such form becomes available for use by the
Company. All such registration rights are subject to certain conditions and
limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the
number of shares to be included in such registration. In addition, Warren J.
Kaplan, the Company's President and Chief Operating Officer, has the right to
require the Company to register any shares issued or issuable pursuant to
options granted to him on Form S-8.
 
WARRANTS
 
     Upon this offering, warrants to purchase 102,250 shares of Common Stock of
the Company at a weighted average exercise price of $4.19 will be outstanding.
In addition, a warrant to purchase 20,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price of 80% of the initial public offering price will also be outstanding.
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Boston EquiServe
L.P. Its address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts, and its telephone
number at this location is (781) 575-3010.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   65
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have      shares of
Common Stock outstanding. Of this amount, the      shares offered hereby will be
available for immediate sale in the public market as of the date of this
Prospectus. Approximately      additional shares will be available for sale in
the public market following the expiration of 180-day lockup agreements with the
Representatives of the Underwriters or the Company, subject in some cases to
compliance with the volume and other limitations of Rule 144.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 DAYS AFTER DATE OF      APPROXIMATE SHARES
  THIS PROSPECTUS     ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE                             COMMENT
 ------------------   ------------------------                             -------
<S>                   <C>                        <C>
Upon Effectiveness..                             Freely tradable shares sold in offering and shares salable
                                                 under Rule 144(k) that are not subject to 180-day lockup
180 days............                             Lockup released; shares salable under Rule 144, 144(k) or
                                                 701
Thereafter..........                             Restricted securities held for one year or less
</TABLE>
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least one
year is entitled to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater
of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately
          shares immediately after this offering) or (ii) the average weekly
trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, subject to
the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale. A person (or persons whose
shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the
Company at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale who has
beneficially owned his or her shares for at least two years is entitled to sell
such shares pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described
above. Persons deemed to be affiliates must always sell pursuant to Rule 144,
even after the applicable holding periods have been satisfied.
 
     The Company is unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold
under Rule 144, since this will depend on the market price for the Common Stock
of the Company, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock,
and there can be no assurance that a significant public market for the Common
Stock will develop or be sustained after the offering. Any future sale of
substantial amounts of the Common Stock in the open market may adversely affect
the market price of the Common Stock offered hereby.
 
     The Company, its directors, executive officers, stockholders with
registration rights and certain other stockholders have agreed pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement and other agreements that they will not sell any Common
Stock without the prior consent of CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. for a period of 180
days from the date of this Prospectus (the "180-day Lockup Period"), except that
the Company may, without such consent, grant options and sell shares pursuant to
the Company's stock plans.
 
     Any employee or consultant to the Company who purchased his or her shares
under the 1992 plan or pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is
entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, which permits
nonaffiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the
public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144 and permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to
comply with the Rule 144 holding period restrictions, in each case commencing 90
days after the date of this Prospectus. As of the date of this Prospectus, the
holders of options exercisable into approximately           shares of Common
Stock will be eligible to sell their shares upon the expiration of the 180-day
Lockup Period, or subject in certain cases to vesting of such options.
 
     The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register           shares of Common Stock issued or reserved
for issuance under the Company's stock plans within 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus, thus permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in
the public market without restriction under the Securities Act. The Company
intends to register these shares on Form S-8, along with options that have not
been issued under the Company's stock plans as of the date of this Prospectus.
 
     In addition, after this offering, the holders of approximately
               shares of Common Stock will be entitled to certain rights with
respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. Registration of
such shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act (except for shares
purchased by affiliates of the Company) immediately upon the effectiveness of
such registration. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights."
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   66
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of the
underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), and each of the Underwriters, for
whom CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC, are acting as
the representatives (the "Representatives"), has severally agreed to purchase
from the Company, the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth
opposite the name of each such Underwriter below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF
                        UNDERWRITERS                           SHARES
                        ------------                          ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. .....................................
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC...........................
 
                                                              ---------
          Total.............................................
                                                              =========
</TABLE>
 
     The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to
the public initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus and at such price less a concession of not in excess of $
per share to certain securities dealers, of which a concession not in excess of
$     per share may be reallowed to certain other securities dealers. After this
offering, the public offering price, allowances, concessions and other selling
terms may be changed by the Representatives.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriters to purchase Common Stock are subject to certain conditions,
including that if any of the Common Stock is purchased by the Underwriters
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, all such shares must be so purchased
(other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below).
 
     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for up
to 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
          additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any. If
the Underwriters exercise such option, the Underwriters have severally agreed,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage
thereof that the number of shares to be purchased by each of them bears to the
          shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The Company will be obligated,
pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters, to sell
Common Stock to the Underwriters to the extent that such over-allotment option
is exercised.
 
     Each officer and director who holds shares of the Company, each holder
(including such officers and directors) of           shares of Common Stock and
all warrantholders of the Company and optionholders of the Company holding
options exercisable within the 180-day Lockup Period have agreed, for the 180
day Lockup Period, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer to sell, contract
to sell, or otherwise sell (including without limitation in a short sale),
dispose of, loan, pledge or grant any rights with respect to any shares of
Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock, or
any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock owned as of the date of this Prospectus directly by such holders or
with respect to which they have the power of disposition, without the prior
written consent of CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. However, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. may,
in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time without notice,
release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.
There are no agreements between the Representatives and any of the
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   67
 
Company's stockholders providing consent by the Representatives to the sale of
shares prior to the expiration of the 180-day Lockup Period.
 
     In addition, the Company has agreed that during the 180-day Lockup Period,
the Company will not, without the prior written consent of CIBC Oppenheimer
Corp., subject to certain exceptions, issue, offer to sell, sell, contract to
sell (including without limitation in a short sale), dispose of, loan, pledge or
grant any rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock, any options or
warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock other than the
Company's sale of shares in this offering, the issuance of Common Stock upon the
exercise of outstanding options, and the Company's issuance of options and
shares under existing employee stock option and stock purchase plans. See
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
     The Company has agreed to indemnify the Representatives and the several
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including, without limitation,
liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute, under certain
circumstances, to certain payments that the Underwriters may be required to make
in respect thereof.
 
     The Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales of shares of Common Stock offered hereby to accounts
over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the Company
and the Representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial
public offering price, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the
history of and the prospects for the industry in which the Company competes, the
historical results of operations of the Company, the Company's capital
structure, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the
Company, an overall assessment of the Company, an assessment of the Company's
management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market
valuation of companies in related businesses. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop for the Common Stock or as to the price at
which the Common Stock may trade in the public market from time to time
subsequent to this offering made hereby.
 
     The Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, may engage in
over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and
penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, (the "Exchange Act"). Over-allotment involves syndicate
sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate short position.
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long
as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. Syndicate covering
transactions involve purchases of the Common Stock in the open market after the
distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
Penalty bids permit the Representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a
syndicate member when the Common Stock originally sold by such syndicate member
is purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short
positions. Such stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and
penalty bids may cause the price of the Common Stock to be higher than it would
otherwise be in the absence of such transactions. These transactions may be
effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, Menlo
Park, California. An investment partnership comprised of members of that firm
beneficially owns a warrant to purchase 4,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share. Certain legal matters in
connection with this offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by
Pillsbury Madison & Sutro LLP, Palo Alto, California. Pillsbury Madison & Sutro
LLP has acted and continues to act as counsel to the Company in connection with
certain legal matters.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   68
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and
for the period from March 8, 1996 (inception) to June 30, 1996 and each of the
years in the two-year period ended June 30, 1998 included in this Prospectus and
the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the Registration
Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as
stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration
Statement, and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm
given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS
 
     In April 1998, the Company appointed Deloitte & Touche LLP to replace the
former accountants as its principal accountants. There were no disagreements
with the former accountants during the period from inception to April 30, 1998
or during any subsequent interim period preceding their replacement on any
matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or
auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the former
accountants' satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference to the
subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their reports. The former
accountants issued an unqualified opinion on the financial statements as of and
for the year ended June 30, 1997 and the period from inception to June 30, 1997.
The Company did not consult with Deloitte & Touche LLP on any accounting or
financial reporting matters in the periods prior to their appointment. The
change in accountants was approved by the Board of Directors.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement on Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules to the Registration Statement. For
further information with respect to the Company and such Common Stock offered
hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement. Statements contained in
this Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document
referred to are not necessarily complete; reference is made in each instance to
the copy of such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement. Each such statement is qualified in all respects by such reference to
such exhibit. The Registration Statement, including exhibits and schedules
thereto, may be inspected without charge at the Commission's principal office in
Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from
such office after payment of fees prescribed by the Commission. The Commission
maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
Commission at http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   69
 
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Independent Auditors' Report................................  F-2
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and September
  30, 1998 (Unaudited)......................................  F-3
Statements of Operations for the Period from March 8, 1996
  (Inception) to June 30, 1996, the Years Ended June 30,
  1997 and 1998 and the Three Months Ended September 30,
  1997 and 1998 (Unaudited).................................  F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the
  Period from March 8, 1996 (Inception) to June 30, 1996,
  the Years Ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 and the Three
  Months Ended September 30, 1998 (Unaudited)...............  F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Period from March 8, 1996
  (Inception) to June 30, 1996, the Years Ended June 30,
  1997 and 1998 and the Three Months Ended September 30,
  1997 and 1998 (Unaudited).................................  F-6
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   70
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
  AboveNet Communications Inc.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of AboveNet Communications
Inc. as of June 30, 1997 and 1998, and the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity (deficiency) and cash flows for the period from March 8,
1996 (inception) to June 30, 1996 and for each of the two years in the period
ended June 30, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of AboveNet Communications Inc. as of June 30,
1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
period from March 8, 1996 (inception) to June 30, 1996 and for each of the two
years in the period ended June 30, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
   
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    
 
San Jose, California
August 7, 1998
   
(November 5, 1998 as to Note 12)
    
   
    
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   71
 
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JUNE 30,                             PRO FORMA
                                                      -------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1997          1998           1998           1998
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------  -------------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)     (NOTE 1)
 
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                            ASSETS
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and equivalents..............................  $   331,100   $ 8,141,200   $  10,625,600   $ 10,873,100
  Short-term investments............................           --            --         983,200        983,200
  Accounts receivable, net of reserve for doubtful
    accounts of $15,000, $60,000, $130,000 and
    $130,000, respectively..........................       41,100       357,000         625,500        625,500
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........           --       269,600         668,100        668,100
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------   ------------
         Total current assets.......................      372,200     8,767,800      12,902,400     13,149,900
Property and equipment, net.........................      766,400     4,436,100      11,115,500     11,115,500
Restricted cash.....................................           --       300,000              --
Deposits and other assets...........................       32,700       189,400         968,100        968,100
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------   ------------
         Total......................................  $ 1,171,300   $13,693,300   $  24,986,000     25,233,500
                                                      ===========   ===========   =============   ============
                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..................................  $   312,000   $ 2,301,300   $   2,656,900   $  2,656,900
  Accrued liabilities...............................      109,700       619,900         928,900        928,900
  Customer deposits.................................       85,000       309,400         442,100        442,100
  Advances..........................................      739,900            --              --             --
  Current portion of long-term obligations..........       71,500       476,000       1,760,700      1,760,700
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------   ------------
         Total current liabilities..................    1,318,100     3,706,600       5,788,600      5,788,600
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------   ------------
Convertible notes payable and advances..............           --     8,000,000              --             --
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------   ------------
Other long-term obligations.........................      115,500     1,325,300       6,512,700      6,512,700
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------   ------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders' equity (deficiency):
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 14,000,000
    shares authorized:
    Series A convertible preferred stock; 1,640,000
      shares designated, issued and outstanding
      (none pro forma)..............................      410,000       410,000         410,000             --
    Series B convertible preferred stock; 2,840,000
      shares designated; 1,600,000, 2,611,047 and
      2,611,047 issued and outstanding, respectively
      (none pro forma)..............................    1,200,000     2,323,100       2,323,100             --
    Series C convertible preferred stock; 3,240,000
      shares designated; none, 3,204,800 and
      3,204,800 issued and outstanding, respectively
      (none pro forma)..............................           --     3,873,400       3,873,400             --
    Series D convertible preferred stock; 3,400,000
      shares designated; none, none, and 3,384,613
      shares issued and outstanding, respectively
      (none pro forma)..............................           --            --      10,771,000             --
    Series E convertible preferred stock; 2,800,000
      shares designated; none, none, and 654,040
      shares issued and outstanding, respectively
      (none pro forma)..............................           --            --       3,846,400             --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 20,000,000 shares
    authorized; 325,000, 582,957, and 815,840 common
    shares issued and outstanding respectively
    (12,508,318 pro forma)..........................        8,100        38,900          69,200     21,540,600
  Common stock options..............................           --     1,861,500       2,613,700      2,613,700
  Deferred stock compensation.......................           --      (540,100)       (565,800)       (98,800)
  Accumulated deficit...............................   (1,880,400)   (7,305,400)    (10,656,300)   (11,123,300)
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------   ------------
         Total stockholders' equity (deficiency)....     (262,300)      661,400      12,684,700     12,932,200
                                                      -----------   -----------   -------------   ------------
         Total......................................  $ 1,171,300   $13,693,300   $  24,986,000   $ 25,233,500
                                                      ===========   ===========   =============   ============
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   72
 
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  MARCH 8, 1996                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                   (INCEPTION)       YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                       TO         -------------------------   -------------------------
                                  JUNE 30, 1996      1997          1998          1997          1998
                                  -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues........................    $ 78,600      $   551,600   $ 3,436,400   $   430,900   $ 1,793,100
                                    --------      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Costs and expenses:
  Data communications and
     telecommunications.........          --          558,600     2,199,800       256,000     1,079,900
  Network operations............      19,400          416,700     1,571,800       221,800       772,800
  Sales and marketing...........      19,100          382,600     1,618,700       258,600     1,355,800
  General and administrative....      66,100          433,700     1,621,500       198,900       812,700
  Depreciation and
     amortization...............      51,600          132,700       475,500        86,400       659,800
  Stock-based compensation
     expense....................          --               --     1,276,400        14,300       436,200
  Joint venture termination
     fee........................          --          431,100            --            --            --
                                    --------      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total costs and
            expenses............     156,200        2,355,400     8,763,700     1,036,000     5,117,200
                                    --------      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Loss from operations............     (77,600)      (1,803,800)   (5,327,300)     (605,100)   (3,324,100)
Interest expense................          --           (7,400)     (160,800)      (58,800)     (147,600)
Interest income.................          --            8,400        63,100         1,900       120,800
                                    --------      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net loss........................    $(77,600)     $(1,802,800)  $(5,425,000)  $  (662,000)  $(3,350,900)
                                    ========      ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Basic and diluted loss per
  share.........................    $  (0.39)     $     (5.73)  $    (12.93)  $     (1.96)  $     (4.59)
                                    ========      ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Shares used in basic and diluted
  loss per share................     200,000          314,589       419,687       337,000       729,798
                                    ========      ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   73
 
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 CONVERTIBLE                                                                             TOTAL
                               PREFERRED STOCK          COMMON STOCK        COMMON       DEFERRED                    STOCKHOLDERS'
                          -------------------------   -----------------     STOCK         STOCK       ACCUMULATED       EQUITY
                            SHARES        AMOUNT      SHARES    AMOUNT     OPTIONS     COMPENSATION     DEFICIT      (DEFICIENCY)
                          -----------   -----------   -------   -------   ----------   ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Balances, March 8, 1996
  (inception)...........           --   $        --        --   $    --   $       --   $        --    $         --   $         --
Issuance of common
  stock.................           --            --   200,000     5,000           --            --              --          5,000
Net loss................           --            --        --        --           --            --         (77,600)       (77,600)
                          -----------   -----------   -------   -------   ----------   -----------    ------------   ------------
Balances, June 30,
  1996..................           --            --   200,000     5,000           --            --         (77,600)       (72,600)
Issuance of common
  stock.................           --            --   100,000     2,500           --            --              --          2,500
Issuance of Series A
  convertible preferred
  stock.................    1,640,000       410,000        --        --           --            --              --        410,000
Exercise of common stock
  options...............           --            --    25,000       600           --            --              --            600
Issuance of Series B
  convertible preferred
  stock.................      800,000       600,000        --        --           --            --              --        600,000
Issuance of Series B
  convertible preferred
  stock in conjunction
  with acquisition of
  DSK, Inc. (Note 8)....      800,000       600,000        --        --           --            --              --        600,000
Net loss................           --            --        --        --           --            --      (1,802,800)    (1,802,800)
                          -----------   -----------   -------   -------   ----------   -----------    ------------   ------------
Balances, June 30,
  1997..................    3,240,000     1,610,000   325,000     8,100           --            --      (1,880,400)      (262,300)
Exercise of common stock
  options...............           --            --   257,957    30,800           --            --              --         30,800
Issuance of warrants in
  connection with
  issuance of debt......           --       112,000        --        --       45,000            --              --        157,000
Issuance of Series B
  convertible preferred
  stock.................    1,011,047     1,011,100        --        --           --            --              --      1,011,100
Issuance of Series C
  convertible preferred
  stock.................    3,204,800     3,873,400        --        --           --            --              --      3,873,400
Compensatory stock
  arrangements..........           --            --        --        --    1,816,500    (1,816,500)             --             --
Amortization of deferred
  stock compensation....           --            --        --        --           --     1,276,400              --      1,276,400
Net loss................           --            --        --        --           --            --      (5,425,000)    (5,425,000)
                          -----------   -----------   -------   -------   ----------   -----------    ------------   ------------
Balances, June 30,
  1998..................    7,455,847     6,606,500   582,957    38,900    1,861,500      (540,100)     (7,305,400)       661,400
Issuance of Series D
  convertible preferred
  stock*................    3,384,613    10,771,000        --        --           --            --              --     10,771,000
Issuance of Series E
  convertible preferred
  stock*................      654,040     3,846,400        --        --           --            --              --      3,846,400
Exercise of common stock
  options*..............           --            --   232,883    30,300           --            --              --         30,300
Issuance of warrants in
  connection with
  issuance of debt*.....           --            --        --        --      290,300            --              --        290,300
Compensatory stock
  arrangements*.........           --            --        --        --      461,900      (461,900)             --             --
Amortization of deferred
  stock compensation*...           --            --        --        --           --       436,200              --        436,200
Net loss*...............           --            --        --        --           --            --      (3,350,900)    (3,350,900)
                          -----------   -----------   -------   -------   ----------   -----------    ------------   ------------
Balances, September 30,
  1998*.................   11,494,500   $21,223,900   815,840   $69,200   $2,613,700   $  (565,800)   $(10,656,300)  $ 12,684,700
                          ===========   ===========   =======   =======   ==========   ===========    ============   ============
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* Unaudited
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   74
 
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              MARCH 8, 1996                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                               (INCEPTION)       YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   TO         -------------------------   -------------------------
                                              JUNE 30, 1996      1997          1998          1997          1998
                                              -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss..................................    $ (77,600)    $(1,802,800)  $(5,425,000)  $  (662,000)  $(3,350,900)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
    cash used in operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...........       51,600         132,700       475,500        86,400       659,800
    Stock-based compensation expense........           --              --     1,276,400        14,300       436,200
    Noncash interest expense................           --              --       133,200        56,000            --
    Joint venture termination fee...........           --         431,100            --            --            --
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable...................      (12,000)        (29,100)     (315,900)      (58,400)     (268,500)
      Prepaid expenses and other current
         assets.............................           --              --      (269,600)           --      (398,500)
      Restricted cash.......................           --              --      (300,000)           --       300,000
      Deposits and other assets.............           --         (32,700)     (111,700)      (21,000)     (488,400)
      Accounts payable......................       13,100         298,900     1,989,300       224,000       355,600
      Accrued liabilities...................           --         109,700       510,200         5,600       309,000
      Customer deposits.....................           --          85,000       224,400        24,300       132,700
      Deferred rent.........................           --          30,400        18,200            --        36,400
                                                ---------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash used in operating
           activities.......................      (24,900)       (776,800)   (1,795,000)     (330,800)   (2,276,600)
                                                ---------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment........     (101,100)       (474,500)   (3,666,000)     (170,700)   (7,339,200)
  Purchase of short-term investments........           --              --            --            --      (983,200)
                                                ---------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash used in investing
           activities.......................     (101,100)       (474,500)   (3,666,000)     (170,700)   (8,322,400)
                                                ---------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from notes payable and
    advances................................      210,000         739,900    13,395,000       250,000     7,093,900
  Payments on debt..........................           --              --       (70,000)           --      (570,700)
  Principal payments on capital leases......           --         (49,600)      (84,700)       (8,000)      (87,500)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock....        5,000           3,100        30,800            --        30,300
  Proceeds from issuance of convertible
    preferred stock.........................           --         800,000            --            --     6,617,400
                                                ---------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash provided by financing
           activities.......................      215,000       1,493,400    13,271,100       242,000    13,083,400
                                                ---------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net increase in cash and equivalents........       89,000         242,100     7,810,100      (259,500)    2,484,400
Cash and equivalents, beginning of period...           --          89,000       331,100       331,100     8,141,200
                                                ---------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and equivalents, end of period.........    $  89,000     $   331,100   $ 8,141,200   $    71,600   $10,625,600
                                                =========     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Supplemental cash flow information -- Cash
  paid for interest.........................    $      --     $     7,400   $    27,600   $     2,700   $   147,600
                                                =========     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Noncash investing and financing activities:
  Acquisition of equipment under capital
    lease...................................    $      --     $   206,200   $   479,200   $        --   $        --
                                                =========     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Acquisition of leasehold improvements in
    conjunction with DSK, Inc.
    acquisition.............................    $      --     $   168,900   $        --   $        --   $        --
                                                =========     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Exchange of notes, advances, accrued
    interest and warrants for convertible
    preferred stock.........................    $      --     $   210,000   $ 4,884,500   $        --   $ 8,000,000
                                                =========     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Issuance of warrants in connection with
    issuance of debt........................    $      --     $        --   $    45,000   $        --   $   290,300
                                                =========     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   75
 
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
 1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Organization -- AboveNet Communications Inc. (the Company), a California
corporation, was formed on March 8, 1996 (inception). The Company provides
managed co-location and Internet connectivity solutions for mission critical
Internet operations.
 
     Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     Concentration of Credit Risk -- Financial instruments that potentially
subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of trade
receivables. However, the Company's credit risk is mitigated by the Company's
credit evaluation process and the reasonably short collection terms. The Company
does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable and
maintains reserves for potential credit losses. To date, such losses have not
been significant.
 
     Cash and Equivalents -- The Company considers all highly liquid investments
with an original maturity of ninety days or less to be cash equivalents.
 
     Property and Equipment -- Property and equipment are stated at cost.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of three to five years. Leasehold improvements and assets acquired
under capital lease are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the
useful lives of the improvement.
 
     Deposits and other assets -- Deposits and other assets at September 30,
1998 include deferred registration costs and deferred financing costs of
approximately $305,000 and $335,000, respectively.
 
     Restricted Cash -- Restricted cash consists of certificates of deposit
which are restricted from use pursuant to certain capital lease agreements.
 
     Revenue Recognition -- Revenue consists primarily of service revenue for
which revenue is recognized in the period in which the services are provided.
The services primarily include bandwidth and space requirement charges which are
recognized monthly as well as installation fees which are recognized as revenue
in the period of installation. Advance customer deposits received are deferred
until the period in which the services are rendered.
 
     Income Taxes -- Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for future taxable
amounts, and deferred tax assets are recognized for future deductions, net of a
valuation allowance to reduce net deferred tax assets to amounts that are more
likely than not to be realized.
 
     Stock-Based Compensation -- The Company accounts for stock-based awards to
employees using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees."
 
     Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets To Be Disposed
Of -- The Company evaluates its long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of such assets or intangibles may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by
the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets
exceed
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   76
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower
of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
 
     Net Income (Loss) per Share -- Basic income (loss) per share excludes
dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average
number of common shares outstanding, less shares subject to repurchase by the
Company, for the period. Diluted income (loss) per share reflects the potential
dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock
were exercised or converted into common stock. Common shares equivalents are
excluded from the computation in loss periods as their effect would be
antidilutive.
 
     Unaudited Pro Forma Information -- Upon the closing of the initial public
offering contemplated by this Prospectus, each of the outstanding shares of
preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock and the Series B
convertible preferred stock warrants must be exercised or expire (see Note 6).
Also, approximately $467,000 of deferred stock compensation will be expensed
upon the closing of the offering (see Note 6). The pro forma balance sheet
presents the Company's balance sheet as if these transactions (including the
exercise and subsequent conversion of warrants to acquire 197,978 shares of
Series B preferred stock) had occurred at September 30, 1998.
 
     Unaudited Interim Financial Information -- The interim financial
information as of September 30, 1998 and for the three months ended September
30, 1997 and 1998 is unaudited and has been prepared on the same basis as the
audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited
information includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the interim information.
Operating results for the three months ended September 30, 1998 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending
June 30, 1999.
 
     Reclassifications -- Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to
conform to the current year presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect
on stockholders equity (deficiency) or net loss.
 
     Recently Issued Accounting Standards -- In June 1997, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," which requires an
enterprise to report, by major components and as a single total, the change in
its net assets during the period from nonowner sources; and SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
establishes annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise's business
segments and related disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas
and major customers. The Company will adopt both statements in fiscal 1999. The
Company has not yet identified its SFAS No. 131 reporting segments. Adoption of
these statements will not impact the Company's financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
 
     In March 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." SOP 98-1
provides guidance for an enterprise on accounting for the costs of computer
software developed or obtained for internal use. SOP 98-1 is effective for the
Company in fiscal 2000. The Company anticipates that accounting for transactions
under SOP 98-1 will not have a material impact on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.
 
     In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities," which defines derivatives, requires that
all derivatives be carried at fair value, and provides for hedge accounting when
certain conditions are met. SFAS No. 133 is effective for the Company in fiscal
2000. Although the Company has not fully assessed the implications of SFAS No.
133, the Company does not believe adoption of this statement will have a
material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   77
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
 2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
     Property and equipment are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                -----------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  1997          1998           1998
                                                ---------    ----------    -------------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Telecommunication equipment.................  $ 774,300    $2,295,300    $   3,243,000
  Leasehold improvements......................    168,900       224,700        8,222,400
  Office equipment............................      7,500       186,500          367,600
  Construction in progress....................         --     2,389,400          256,000
                                                ---------    ----------    -------------
          Total...............................    950,700     5,095,900       12,089,000
Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization................................   (184,300)     (659,800)        (973,500)
                                                ---------    ----------    -------------
Property and equipment, net...................  $ 766,400    $4,436,100    $  11,115,500
                                                =========    ==========    =============
</TABLE>
 
     Construction in progress primarily relates to costs incurred during the
expansion of the Company's facilities.
 
 3. CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE AND ADVANCES
 
   
     In June 1997, the Company received $739,900 in cash advances from certain
individuals, including stockholders and employees. In July and August 1997, the
Company received an additional $250,000 in cash advances. In August 1997, the
advances were converted into notes payable of $989,900 and warrants to acquire
791,926 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $1.25 per share. The
notes generally bore an annual interest rate of 10%. The related warrants were
valued at $112,000, or $0.14 per share, and were recorded as a noncash interest
charge in 1998.
    
 
     On December 31, 1997, the Company entered into exchange agreements with the
note holders. Pursuant to the exchange agreements, the above notes, accrued
interest of $21,200 and the related warrants were exchanged for (i) 1,011,047
shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and (ii) warrants to acquire
197,978 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $1.25 per share.
 
     During fiscal 1998, the Company received $3,873,400 of cash advances from
certain potential investors. In May 1998, these advances were converted into
3,204,800 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock.
 
     On June 30, 1998, in anticipation of the Company's pending sale of
preferred stock, the Company received $8 million in cash, of which $1 million
represented a noninterest bearing cash advance and $7 million represented
convertible notes payable. The notes bore interest at 6%, were due on July 15,
1998 and were convertible into Series D convertible preferred stock at $3.25 per
share. On July 15, 1998, the convertible notes and advance were converted into
Series D convertible preferred stock (see Note 6).
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   78
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
 4. OTHER LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
 
     Long-term obligations consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         JUNE 30,
                                                   ---------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1997        1998          1998
                                                   --------   ----------   -------------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>          <C>
Credit facility..................................  $     --   $1,201,600    $7,724,800
Capital lease facility...........................   156,600      551,100       463,600
Deferred rent....................................    30,400       48,600        85,000
                                                   --------   ----------    ----------
Total obligations................................   187,000    1,801,300     8,273,400
Current portion of long-term obligations.........   (71,500)    (476,000)   (1,760,700)
                                                   --------   ----------    ----------
          Long-term obligations..................  $115,500   $1,325,300    $6,512,700
                                                   ========   ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
CREDIT FACILITY
 
     At June 30, 1998, the Company had a $6 million credit facility (the "Credit
Facility"), $1,271,600 of which had been drawn as of June 30, 1998. Proceeds
from borrowings on the Credit Facility may be used solely for the purpose of
acquiring network operating center equipment, office equipment and leasehold
improvements. Borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility are payable in 42
monthly installments, bear interest at 14.7% and are collateralized by the
equipment and improvements purchased with the proceeds of the borrowing. The
ability to borrow on the Credit Facility expires June 30, 1999. At June 30,
1998, the outstanding borrowings on the Credit Facility are due as follows:
fiscal 1999, $252,000; fiscal 2000, $301,800; fiscal 2001, $349,300 and fiscal
2002, $298,500.
 
     During the three months ended September 30, 1998, the Company and the
financing company amended the Credit Facility to increase the total facility to
$15.0 million, $6.0 million of which will become available upon completion of an
underwritten public offering. At September 30, 1998, $8.4 million had been drawn
on the Credit Facility.
 
CAPITAL LEASE FACILITY
 
     At June 30, 1998, the Company had $1.45 million available on a $2 million
capital lease facility for which the Company leases certain equipment under
noncancelable capital leases. Leases outstanding at June 30, 1998 expire on
various dates through 2001 (see Note 9). In August 1998, the Company increased
its capital lease facility to $2.5 million. At September 30, 1998, the Company
had approximately $1.95 million available under this facility.
 
LINE OF CREDIT
 
   
     The Company has a revolving line of credit from a bank which provides for
borrowings up to $750,000 through May 1999. Borrowings under the line bear
interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1% per annum (9.5% at June 30, 1998) and
are collateralized by substantially all of the Company's assets. As of June 30,
1998, the Company had no borrowings outstanding on the line of credit. The line
of credit agreement limits the Company's ability to pay cash dividends without
the bank's consent and requires, among other things, that the Company satisfy
certain financial covenants. As of June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, the
Company was not in compliance with the profitability covenant of its revolving
line of credit agreement. The Company has obtained a waiver with respect to this
covenant from the bank as of June 30, 1998, and is in the process of
renegotiating the covenant terms with the bank. In connection with the line of
credit agreement, in June 1998,
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   79
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
   
the Company issued to the bank a warrant to purchase 2,000 shares of the
Company's Series D preferred stock at $2.50 per share. The warrant had an
estimated fair value of $1,900 or $0.94 per share.
    
 
 5. INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company's deferred income tax assets are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     JUNE 30,
                                                              ----------------------
                                                                1997         1998
                                                              --------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Net deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards..........................  $516,900    $1,975,900
  Stock compensation expense on nonqualified stock
     options................................................        --       512,300
  Accruals deductible in different periods..................    57,000       121,100
  Depreciation and amortization.............................   (14,800)      (68,800)
                                                              --------    ----------
                                                               559,100     2,540,500
Valuation allowance.........................................  (559,100)   (2,540,500)
                                                              --------    ----------
          Total.............................................  $     --    $       --
                                                              ========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's effective rate differs from the federal statutory tax rate as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         MARCH 8, 1996      YEAR ENDED
                                                          (INCEPTION)        JUNE 30,
                                                          TO JUNE 30,     --------------
                                                             1996         1997     1998
                                                         -------------    -----    -----
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>      <C>
Federal statutory tax rate.............................       35.0%        35.0%    35.0%
State taxes, net of federal benefit....................        6.0          6.0      6.0
Joint venture termination fee..........................         --         (9.8)      --
Other..................................................       (8.8)        (1.8)    (1.2)
Valuation allowance....................................      (32.2)       (29.4)   (39.8)
                                                             -----        -----    -----
  Effective tax rate...................................         --%          --%      --%
                                                             =====        =====    =====
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has no income tax provision due to its history of operating
losses. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the benefits of
its favorable tax attributes in future tax returns, the Company has fully
reserved its net deferred tax assets as of June 30, 1997 and 1998.
 
     At June 30, 1998, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $4.9 million for federal and state income tax purposes. These
carryforwards begin to expire in 2003 for state and 2010 for federal purposes.
Additionally, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and the applicable
California law impose annual limitations on the use of net operating loss
carryforwards if there is a change in ownership, as defined, within any
three-year period. The utilization of certain net operating loss carryforwards
may be limited due to the Company's capital stock transactions.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   80
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
 6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
 
COMMON STOCK RESERVED FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE
 
     At June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, the Company has reserved the
following shares of common stock for issuance in connection with:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          JUNE 30, 1998   SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                          -------------   ------------------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>
Conversion of Series A preferred stock..................    1,640,000          1,640,000
Conversion of Series B preferred stock..................    2,611,047          2,611,047
Conversion of Series C preferred stock..................    3,204,800          3,204,800
Conversion of Series D preferred stock..................           --          3,384,613
Conversion of Series E preferred stock..................           --            654,040
Warrants issued and outstanding.........................      251,728            309,728
Options issued and outstanding..........................    1,566,266          2,489,220
Options available under the 1996 and 1997 Plans.........    1,190,854            506,972
                                                           ----------         ----------
          Total.........................................   10,464,695         14,800,420
                                                           ==========         ==========
</TABLE>
 
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Significant terms of the Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred
stock are as follows (see Note 12):
 
     - At the option of the holder, each share of preferred stock is convertible
       at any time into one share of common stock, subject to adjustment for
       certain dilutive issuances. Shares automatically convert into common
       stock upon the completion of a public offering with aggregate proceeds
       greater than $20,000,000 and at a price per share of not less than $7.50.
 
     - Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock have no preference as
       to dividends but have a noncumulative right to participate in and receive
       the same dividends as may be declared for common stockholders.
 
     - In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company
       (which includes the acquisition of the Company by another entity), the
       holders of Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock have a
       liquidation preference over common stock of $0.25, $0.75, $1.25, $3.25
       and $7.50 per share, respectively. Upon payment of the preferred stock
       liquidation preference (aggregating $6,374,300 and $22,279,600 at June
       30, 1998 and September 30, 1998 respectively), the remaining proceeds
       will be allocated to the preferred and common stockholders on an as
       converted basis.
 
     - Each share of preferred stock has voting rights equivalent to the number
       of shares of common stock into which it is convertible.
 
     In fiscal 1997, the Company issued 1,640,000 shares of Series A convertible
preferred stock for cash of $200,000 and the conversion of advances of $210,000.
Also in fiscal 1997, the Company issued 800,000 shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock in connection with the acquisition of DSK, Inc. (see Note 8) and
issued 800,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock for cash of
$600,000. In fiscal 1998, the Company issued 1,011,047 shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock and 3,204,800 shares of Series C convertible
preferred stock upon conversions of notes, advances and accrued interest of
$1,011,100 and $3,873,400, respectively (see Note 3). During the three months
ended September 30, 1998, the Company issued 3,384,613 shares of Series D
convertible preferred stock for cash of $2,771,000 (net of costs of $229,000)
and the conversion of notes and advances of $8,000,000. During the same quarter,
the Company issued 654,040 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock for
cash of $3,846,400 (net of costs of $223,600).
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   81
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK WARRANTS
 
     As discussed in Note 3, pursuant to certain exchange agreements entered
into on December 31, 1997, the Company issued warrants to acquire 197,978 shares
of Series B convertible preferred stock at $1.25 per share. These warrants
expire on the earlier of (i) January 1, 2002, (ii) an underwritten public
offering or (iii) a change in control. Also, as discussed in Note 4, warrants to
purchase 2,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $2.50 per share
were outstanding at June 30, 1998.
 
COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE
 
     In fiscal 1998, upon the exercise of an option the Company sold 20,000
shares of common stock at $0.25 per share to an employee subject to repurchase
whereby the Company has the right to repurchase such shares at their original
purchase price. This right lapses over four years. At June 30, 1998, 20,000
shares were subject to such repurchase rights.
 
1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     In March 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996
Plan"). As of June 30, 1998, there were 809,417 options authorized for issuance
under the 1996 Plan. The 1996 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors and
encompasses nonstatutory and incentive stock options. Nonstatutory stock options
may be granted to employees and consultants, whereas incentive stock options may
only be granted to employees.
 
     The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options at not
less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying stock at the grant
date. Nonstatutory options may be granted at not less than 85% of the fair
market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. Options under the
1996 Plan generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the date of
grant.
 
1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     In fiscal 1998, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "1997
Plan"), authorizing 1,799,078 shares of common stock to be issued as options.
Upon a change in control, all shares granted under the 1997 Plan shall
immediately vest. Other provisions of the 1997 Plan are generally the same as
the 1996 Plan.
 
NONPLAN OPTION GRANT
 
     In connection with its hiring of the Company's President and Chief
Operating Officer in November 1997, the Company granted to this officer options
to purchase 280,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.25 per
share. The option is immediately exercisable with respect to 20% of the option
shares and the balance becomes exercisable in equal monthly installments over
the next 36 months of employment with the Company measured from November 1997.
However, vesting accelerates upon the closing of an underwritten public
offering. In addition, the option grant contains an antidilution clause which
guarantees that, prior to any underwritten initial public offering of the
Company's common stock, the number of shares under the option grant will always
be equal to 5% of the Company's outstanding common stock on a fully diluted
basis less 29,333 shares. As a result of various sales of equity securities and
option grants since the initial grant in November 1997, the officer was issued
options to acquire an additional 423,780 and 48,177 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $0.25 per share on July 31, 1998 and September 4,
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   82
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
1998, respectively. In connection with this award, the Company recognized
$362,100 and $375,600 in stock-based compensation expense during fiscal 1998 and
the three months ended September 30, 1998, respectively.
 
OPTIONS AND WARRANTS GRANTED TO NONEMPLOYEES
 
     The Company has granted options and warrants to nonemployees for services
performed and to be performed after the date of grant. In connection with these
awards, the Company recognized $310,100 in stock-based compensation expense
during fiscal 1998 ($33,300 during the three months ended September 30, 1998).
At June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, all services relating to these awards
has been rendered and the options and warrants were fully exercisable.
 
     In connection with the Credit Facility (see Note 4), in fiscal 1998, the
Company issued warrants to acquire 36,000 shares of common stock at a
weighted-average exercise price of $2.88 per share. The fair value of these
warrants are being recognized as interest expense through June 30, 1999. During
the three months ended September 30, 1998, in connection with the amendment to
the Credit Facility (see Note 4), the Company issued warrants to acquire 40,000
shares of Common Stock, 20,000 of which have an exercise price of $6.25 per
share and have a term of five years. The remaining 20,000 warrants will have an
exercise price equal to 80% of an initial public offering price, or, if an
initial public offering is not completed, 80% of the price per share of the next
equity financing and will expire five years after the per share price is
determined. The estimated fair value of these warrants of $290,300 is included
in Deposits and other assets at September 30, 1998 and will be amortized to
interest expense over the repayment period.
 
   
     At June 30, 1998, warrants to acquire 51,750 shares of common stock at a
weighted-average exercise price of $2.62 per share were outstanding; such
warrants expire in 2003. All of these warrants were issued during the year ended
June 30, 1998 (none issued in fiscal 1996 or 1997) and had an estimated
weighted-average fair value of $1.54 per share at the date of grant. At
September 30, 1998, warrants to acquire 89,750 shares of common stock at a
weighted-average exercise price of $3.55 per share were outstanding and
additional warrants to acquire 20,000 shares of common stock will have an
exercise price equal to 80% of an initial public offering price, or, if an
initial public offering is not completed, 80% of the price per share of the next
equity financing.
    
 
DEFERRED STOCK COMPENSATION
 
     At June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, the Company had $540,100 and
$565,800, respectively, in deferred stock compensation related to options
granted to employees. This amount will be amortized to stock-based compensation
expense through fiscal 2000; however, as the vesting of the options granted
under the Nonplan Option Grant discussed above accelerates upon the closing of
an initial public offering, any unamortized deferred compensation relating to
this grant ($467,000 at September 30, 1998) will be recognized in the period the
offering closes.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   83
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
     Stock option activity under the Plans and the Nonplan Option Grant are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                                                           -----------------------------
                                                            NUMBER      WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                           OF SHARES     EXERCISE PRICE
                                                           ---------    ----------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>
Balance, March 8, 1996 (inception).......................         --         $  --
Granted..................................................    912,000          0.03
                                                           ---------
Balance, June 30, 1996 (110,000 shares vested at a
  weighted average exercise price of $0.03 per share)....    912,000          0.03
Granted..................................................    360,000          0.08
Exercised................................................    (25,000)         0.03
Canceled.................................................   (311,000)         0.03
                                                           ---------
Balance, June 30, 1997 (175,500 shares vested at a
  weighted average exercise price of $0.03 per share)....    936,000          0.04
Granted..................................................    914,091          0.73
Exercised................................................   (257,957)         0.12
Canceled.................................................    (25,868)         0.39
                                                           ---------
Balance, June 30, 1998...................................  1,566,266          0.42
Granted..................................................  1,160,637          3.93
Exercised................................................   (232,883)         0.13
Canceled.................................................     (4,800)         2.50
                                                           ---------
Balance, September 30, 1998..............................  2,489,220         $2.08
                                                           =========
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes information as of June 30, 1998 concerning
currently outstanding and vested options:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       OPTIONS OUTSTANDING              OPTIONS VESTED
               -----------------------------------   --------------------
                             WEIGHTED
                             AVERAGE      WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED
                            REMAINING     AVERAGE                AVERAGE
  EXERCISE      NUMBER     CONTRACTUAL    EXERCISE    NUMBER     EXERCISE
   PRICES      OF SHARES   LIFE (YEARS)    PRICE     OF SHARES    PRICE
- -------------  ---------   ------------   --------   ---------   --------
<S>            <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>
$0.03 - $0.13    839,018       8.0         $0.05      453,167     $0.05
    0.25         434,000       9.4          0.25       40,000      0.25
    0.75         127,448       9.6          0.75       76,250      0.75
    2.50         165,800       9.9          2.50       18,000      2.50
- -------------  ---------       ---         -----      -------     -----
$0.03 - $2.50  1,566,266       8.7         $0.42      587,417     $0.23
=============  =========       ===         =====      =======     =====
</TABLE>
 
     At June 30, 1998, none and 1,190,854 shares were available for future grant
under the 1996 and 1997 Plans, respectively. At September 30, 1998, 506,972
shares remained available for future grant under the 1997 Plan.
 
ADDITIONAL STOCK PLAN INFORMATION
 
     As discussed in Note 1, the Company accounts for its stock-based awards to
employees using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and its related interpretations.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   84
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
     SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," requires the
disclosure of pro forma net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share had the
Company adopted the fair value method since the Company's inception. Under SFAS
No. 123, the fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated through
the use of option pricing models, even though such models were developed to
estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without
vesting restrictions, which significantly differ from the Company's stock option
awards. These models also require subjective assumptions, including future stock
price volatility and expected time to exercise, which greatly affect the
calculated values.
 
   
     The Company's calculations for employee grants were made using the minimum
value method with the following weighted average assumptions: expected life, one
year following vest; no stock volatility; risk free interest rate of 6%; and no
dividends during the expected term. The Company's calculations are based on a
multiple award valuation approach, and forfeitures are recognized as they occur.
If the computed minimum values of the Company's stock-based awards to employees
had been amortized to expense over the vesting period of the awards as specified
under SFAS No. 123, net loss would have been $78,000 ($0.39 per basic and
diluted share), $1,803,800 ($5.73 per basic and diluted share), and $5,111,000
($12.18 per basic and diluted share) for the period from inception to June 30,
1996 and for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
    
 
   
     The number and estimated weighted-average minimum and fair value per option
for employee and nonemployee awards, respectively, granted are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          INCEPTION TO JUNE 30,   YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                          ---------------------   -------------------
                                                                  1996              1997       1998
                                                          ---------------------   --------   --------
<S>                                                       <C>                     <C>        <C>
Employee Options:
  Number of shares......................................         882,000               --    802,600
  Estimate weighted-average minimum value...............           $0.01              $--      $0.12
Nonemployee Options:
  Number of shares......................................          30,000          360,000    111,491
  Estimated weighted-average fair value.................           $0.01            $0.02      $0.09
</TABLE>
    
 
 7. NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
     The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used
in computing basic and diluted net loss per share.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                     INCEPTION       YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                    TO JUNE 30,   -------------------------   -------------------------
                                       1996          1997          1998          1997          1998
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Net loss (numerator), basic and
  diluted.........................   $(77,600)    $(1,802,800)  $(5,425,000)  $  (662,000)  $(3,350,900)
                                     ========     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Shares (denominator):
  Weighted average common shares
     outstanding..................    200,000         314,589       424,180       337,000       751,494
  Weighted average common shares
     outstanding subject to
     repurchase...................         --              --        (4,493)           --       (21,696)
                                     --------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Shares used in computation, basic
  and diluted.....................    200,000         314,589       419,687       337,000       729,798
                                     --------     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net loss per share, basic and
  diluted.........................   $  (0.39)    $     (5.73)  $    (12.93)  $     (1.96)  $     (4.59)
                                     ========     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   85
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
     For the above mentioned periods, the Company had securities outstanding
which could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future, but were
excluded in the computation of diluted net loss per share in the periods
presented, as their effect would have been antidilutive. Such outstanding
securities consist of the following at June 30, 1998 (at September 30, 1998 in
parenthesis): 7,455,847 (11,494,500) shares of convertible preferred stock,
warrants to purchase 199,978 (199,978) shares of convertible preferred stock,
20,000 (23,400) outstanding shares of common stock subject to repurchase, and
options and warrants to purchase 1,618,016 (2,598,970) shares of common stock.
 
 8. JOINT VENTURE TERMINATION FEE
 
     In fiscal 1996, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement (the
"Agreement") with DSK, Inc. ("DSK") to cooperatively market and develop the
Company's services. The Company paid $33,700 to DSK during the year ended June
30, 1997 related to the Agreement.
 
     In April 1997, the Company terminated the Agreement and hired the majority
stockholders of DSK as either employees or consultants by issuing 800,000 fully
vested shares of the Series B preferred stock with a fair value of $0.75 per
share, or $600,000, for the outstanding shares of common stock of DSK. The
Company recorded the transaction by allocating the value of the shares issued to
property and equipment (at DSK's net book value of $168,900, which approximated
fair market value), with the balance of $431,100 reflected as a joint venture
termination fee.
 
     Additionally, in April 1997, the Company granted to certain of the former
owners of DSK options to acquire a total of 200,000 shares of the Company's
common stock at $0.08 per share for real estate consulting services to be
performed. In June 1998, the Company accelerated the vesting of all the DSK
options awarded. In conjunction with this award, the Company recognized $604,200
of stock-based compensation expense during fiscal 1998.
 
 9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
LEASES
 
     The Company leases its facilities under noncancelable operating leases.
These leases expire on various dates through 2002. Minimum future lease payments
under noncancelable operating and capital leases as of June 30, 1998 are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              CAPITAL      OPERATING
                        FISCAL YEAR                           LEASES        LEASES
                        -----------                          ---------    -----------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>
1999.......................................................  $ 248,300    $   968,800
2000.......................................................    196,900      1,055,000
2001.......................................................    180,400      1,099,700
2002.......................................................         --      1,132,500
2003.......................................................         --      1,185,700
Thereafter.................................................         --      5,002,900
                                                             ---------    -----------
Total minimum lease payments...............................    625,600    $10,444,600
                                                                          ===========
Less amount representing interest..........................    (74,500)
                                                             ---------
Present value of minimum lease payments....................    551,100
Less current portion.......................................   (224,000)
                                                             ---------
Long term portion..........................................  $ 327,100
                                                             =========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   86
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
     Rent expense under the operating leases for the period from March 8, 1996
(inception) to June 30, 1996 and for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 was
approximately none, $61,500, and $444,905, respectively.
 
     During the three months ended September 30, 1998, the Company entered into
an agreement to lease optical fiber. This lease is expected to commence in early
calendar 1999 upon the installation and acceptance of the connected fiber. The
lease will require annual payments of $420,000 for 20 years from installation.
This arrangement will be accounted for as a capital lease upon initiation of the
lease term.
 
PURCHASE COMMITMENTS
 
     In fiscal 1998, the Company entered into noncancelable commitments to
purchase property and equipment related to the expansion of its operations
facilities. As of June 30, 1998, approximately $1.7 million was committed for
fiscal 1999 purchases under these agreements.
 
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND PEERING ARRANGEMENTS
 
     The Company has guaranteed to pay certain monthly usage levels or fees with
various communications or interconnect providers. Minimum payments under these
agreements at June 30, 1998 are as follows: $3.9 million in fiscal 1999 and $1.3
million in fiscal 2000.
 
   
     The Company is a party to numerous peering agreements with other internet
providers to allow for the exchange of internet traffic. These agreements do not
have fee commitments and generally have a one year term with automatic renewals.
The Company does not record any revenue or expense associated with these
non-cash transactions as such transactions do not represent the culmination of
the earnings process and the fair value of such transactions are not reasonably
determinable.
    
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising out of
the normal course of business. Management does not expect that the outcome of
these cases will have a material effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.
 
10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     A member of the Board of Directors is the President of an entity which is
the co-manager of the Company's primary facilities. Rent expense in fiscal 1996,
1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended September 30, 1998 for these
facilities was none, $16,400, $265,200, and $153,100 respectively. The Company
believes that its lease arrangements were at an arm's length basis.
 
11. MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
     Two customers accounted for 32% and 25% of revenues in fiscal 1996, while
another customer accounted for 12% and 14% of revenues in fiscal 1997 and 1998,
respectively.
 
     At June 30, 1998, two customers accounted for approximately 22% and 13% of
trade receivables, while four other customers accounted for 13%, 13%, 11% and
10% of trade receivables at June 30, 1997.
 
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     Subsequent to June 30, 1998, the Company changed the authorized number of
shares of the Common and Preferred Stock to 20,000,000 and 14,000,000
respectively. Additionally, the Company designated
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   87
                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 1996,
                    THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998,
           AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
 
3,400,000 and 2,800,000 shares of preferred stock as Series D and E,
respectively. In July 1998, the Company issued 3,384,613 shares of Series D
convertible preferred stock in exchange for the conversion of the $8,000,000
notes payable and advances outstanding at June 30, 1998 and additional cash of
$2,771,000 (net of costs of $229,000). On September 4, 1998, the Company sold
654,040 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $6.25 per share for
proceeds of $3,846,400, (net of costs of $223,600).
 
     On August 27, 1998, the Board of Directors adopted, subject to stockholder
approval, the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1998 Stock Plan"). The 1998 Stock
Plan will serve as the successor equity incentive program to the Company's
existing 1997 Plan effective upon the execution of an underwriting agreement to
sell shares in an initial public offering. A total of 2.5 million shares of
Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1998 Stock Plan.
 
     Additionally, on August 27, 1998, the Board of Directors adopted, subject
to stockholder approval, the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1998
Purchase Plan"). Under the 1998 Purchase Plan, eligible employees are allowed to
have salary withholdings of up to 10% of their base compensation to purchase
shares of common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the market value
of the stock at the beginning or end of defined purchase periods. The initial
purchase period commences upon the execution and final pricing of the
underwriting agreement for the initial public offering of the Company's common
stock. The Company has reserved 250,000 shares of common stock for issuance
under this plan.
 
     On August 27, 1998, the Board of Directors approved, subject to stockholder
approval, a change in the authorized number of shares of the common and
preferred stock upon the closing of the initial public offering to 60,000,000
and 5,000,000, respectively.
 
   
     On September 3, 1998, the Board of Directors approved, subject to
stockholder approval, the reincorporation of the Company in the State of
Delaware and the associated exchange of one share of common stock and preferred
stock of the Company for every two and one-half shares of common stock and
preferred stock, respectively, of the Company's California predecessor entity.
Such reincorporation and stock exchange became effective on November 5, 1998.
All share and per share amounts in these financial statements have been adjusted
to give effect to the reincorporation and associated one for two and one-half
stock exchange.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   88
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OTHER
THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH OTHER
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED ON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR BY ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY TO ANY PERSON
IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL OR TO
ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY, OR THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT, AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PAGE
                                            ----
<S>                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................    3
Risk Factors..............................    6
Use of Proceeds...........................   17
Dividend Policy...........................   17
Capitalization............................   18
Dilution..................................   19
Selected Financial and Operating Data.....   20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations..............................   21
Business..................................   30
Management................................   45
Certain Transactions......................   57
Principal Stockholders....................   59
Description of Capital Stock..............   61
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........   64
Underwriting..............................   65
Legal Matters.............................   66
Experts...................................   67
Change in Accountants.....................   67
Additional Information....................   67
Index to Financial Statements.............  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ---------------------
    UNTIL                   , 1998, ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION,
MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION
OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT
TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
                                            SHARES
 
                                [ABOVENET LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                            ------------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                            ------------------------
                                CIBC OPPENHEIMER
 
                          VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY
                                               , 1998
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   89
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection
with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except
the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market
listing fee.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AMOUNT
                                                               TO BE
                                                                PAID
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
SEC registration fee........................................         *
NASD filing fee.............................................         *
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..........................         *
Printing and shipping fees..................................         *
Legal fees and expenses.....................................         *
Accounting fees and expenses................................         *
Directors and officers liability insurance..................         *
Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses....................         *
Transfer agent and registrar fees...........................         *
Miscellaneous fees..........................................         *
                                                              --------
          Total.............................................  $      *
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
* To be provided by amendment.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to
award or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant indemnification to
directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such
indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including
reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"). Article VII, Section 6, of the Registrant's
Bylaws provides for mandatory indemnification of its directors and officers and
permissible indemnification of employees and other agents to the maximum extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant's Certificate
of Incorporation provides that, pursuant to Delaware law, its directors shall
not be liable for monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty
as directors to the Company and its stockholders. This provision in the
Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate the directors' fiduciary duty,
and in appropriate circumstances equitable remedies such as injunctive or other
forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In
addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the Company for acts of omissions not in good
faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for
actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of
dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful
under Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director's
responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or
state or federal environmental laws. The Registrant has entered into
Indemnification Agreements with its officers and directors, a form of which is
attached as Exhibit 10.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The
Indemnification Agreements provide the Registrant's officers and directors with
further indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Reference is made to Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement to
be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying officers and directors of the
Registrant against certain liabilities.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   90
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     Since March 8, 1996, the Registrant's predecessor company has issued and
sold the following securities (which numbers do not reflect the one for two and
one-half exchange effected in connection with the Company's reincorporation into
Delaware).
 
      (1) August 28, 1996, Registrant sold and issued an aggregate of 4,100,000
          shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $0.10 per
          share, for cash in the aggregate amount of $410,000 to a group of
          investors pursuant to a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.
 
      (2) On March 14, 1997, Registrant sold and issued an aggregate of
          2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of
          $0.30 per share, for cash in the aggregate of $600,000 to a group of
          investors pursuant to a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.
 
      (3) On April 30, 1997, Registrant terminated a joint venture agreement
          with DSK, Inc. by issuing 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred
          Stock.
 
      (4) On August 7, 1997, Registrant issued promissory notes in the principal
          amount of $989,000 and warrants to acquire 1,979,804 shares of Series
          B Preferred Stock at $0.50 per share. On December 31, 1997, Registrant
          entered into exchange agreements with the noteholders. Pursuant to the
          exchange agreements, the above notes, accrued interest of $21,200 and
          the related warrants were exchanged for (i) 2,527,640 shares of Series
          B Preferred Stock and (ii) warrants to acquire 494,951 shares of
          Series B Preferred Stock at $0.50 per share.
 
      (5) On May 11, 1998, Registrant sold and issued an aggregate of 8,012,000
          shares of Series C Preferred Stock, at a weighted-average purchase
          price of $0.48  per share, for cash in the aggregate amount of
          $3,882,400 to a group of investors pursuant to a Series C Preferred
          Stock Purchase Agreement.
 
      (6) On June 30, 1998, Registrant issued promissory notes, in the principal
          amount of $7,000,000, convertible into Series D Preferred Stock (the
          "Series D Notes") to a group of investors pursuant to a Note Purchase
          Agreement. On July 15, 1998, Registrant sold and issued an aggregate
          of 8,461,538 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, at a purchase price
          of $1.30 per share, for cash and cancellation of indebtedness in the
          aggregate amount of $10,999,999.40 to a group of investors pursuant to
          a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement. All of the Series D
          Notes were converted into shares of Series D Preferred Stock on July
          15, 1998.
 
      (7) On September 4, 1998, Registrant sold and issued an aggregate of
          1,628,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of
          $2.50 per share, for cash in the aggregate amount of $4,070,000 to a
          group of investors pursuant to a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase
          Agreement. In addition, the Registrant issued 7,100 shares of Series E
          Preferred in consideration for placement agent services.
 
      (8) The Registrant has sold and issued 1,289,607 shares of its Common
          Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $63,300 to employees,
          directors and consultants pursuant to direct issuances and to
          exercises of options under its 1996 and 1997 Stock Option Plans and
          non-plan options.
 
      (9) During May 1998, Registrant issued warrants for 15,000 shares of
          Common Stock, with an exercise price of $.50 per share, to Jerry
          Weissman at Power Presentations for services to the Company. During
          the same time period, Registrant issued warrants for 24,375 shares of
          Common Stock, with an exercise price of $1.00 per share, to DEF Public
          Relations, Heidrich & Struggles and Greg Moyer at Flying Beyond for
          services to the Company.
 
     (10) During May 1998, Registrant issued warrants, in connection with
          various financing arrangements, to purchase 90,000 shares of Common
          Stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.15 per share to
          Transamerica and 5,000 warrants of Series D Preferred Stock, with an
          exercise price of $1.00 per share to Silicon Valley Bank.
 
     (11) In July 1998, Registrant sold and issued warrants for 35,000 shares of
          its Common Stock, at an exercise price of $1.30 per share, to Primus
          Technology for services in connection with developing
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   91
 
          Registrant's Asian business opportunities. During the same time
          period, Registrant issued warrants for 10,000 shares of Common Stock,
          at a purchase price of $1.30 per share, for cash in the aggregate
          amount of $500 to Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin &
          Hachigian, LLP.
 
     (12) In September 1998, Registrant issued warrants to purchase 100,000
          Shares of Common Stock in connection with a financing arrangement, to
          TransAmerica Business Credit Corporation. The exercise price for
          50,000 shares is equal to $2.50 per share and the exercise price for
          the remaining 50,000 shares is equal to 80% of the price of this
          offering or, if this offering is not completed, 80% of the price of
          the next equity financing.
 
     (13) In October 1998, the Company issued warrants with an exercise price
          equal to $4.00 per share to purchase 26,250 shares to various
          consultants in connection with the construction of its new ISX.
 
     The sale of the above securities was deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or
Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b)
of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public
offering or transactions pursuant to compensation benefit plans and contracts
relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of
securities in each such transaction represented their intentions to acquire the
securities for investment only and now with a view to or for sale in connection
with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share
certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access,
through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the
Registrant.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                          DESCRIPTION
- -----------                          -----------
<S>          <C>
 1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 2.1+        Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger between Registrant and
             AboveNet Communications Inc., a California corporation.
 3.1+        Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
 3.2+        Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to
             be filed prior to completion of the offering.
 3.3+        Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
             Incorporation to be filed upon completion of offering.
 3.4+        Bylaws of Registrant.
 4.1+        Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 10.2,
             10.3, 10.4 and 10.5.
 4.2*        Form of Registrant's Common Stock Certificate.
 4.3+        Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated
             September 4, 1998.
 4.4+        Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock of Registrant
             issued to Transamerica Business Credit Corporation.
 4.5+        Warrants to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock of
             Registrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank.
 4.6+        Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock of
             Registrant.
 5.1*        Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin &
             Hachigian, LLP ("Gunderson Dettmer").
10.1+        Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Registrant
             with each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+        1996 Stock Option Plan.
10.3+        1997 Stock Option Plan.
10.4+        1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.5+        1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.6+        Employment Agreement between Registrant and Warren J.
             Kaplan.
10.7+        Employment Agreement between Registrant and Sherman Tuan.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   92
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                          DESCRIPTION
- -----------                          -----------
<S>          <C>
10.8+        Employment Agreement between Registrant and David Rand.
10.9+        Stock Option Agreement between Registrant and Warren J.
             Kaplan.
10.10+       Technology Agreement between Registrant and David Rand.
10.11        Lease Equipment Agreement between Registrant and Cisco
             Systems Capital Corporation.
10.12+       Loan and Security Agreement between Registrant and Silicon
             Valley Bank.
10.13+       Master Loan and Security Agreements between Registrant and
             Transamerica Business Credit Corporation.
10.14+       Promissory Note by Registrant to Transamerica Business
             Credit Corporation.
10.15+       Office Lease between 50 West San Fernando Associates and
             Registrant dated May 15, 1996 (San Jose Office, 10th Floor).
10.16+       First Amendment to Lease Agreement between 50 West San
             Fernando Associates and Registrant, dated December 12, 1996
             (San Jose Office, 10th Floor).
10.17+       Second Amendment to Lease between 50 West San Fernando
             Associates and Registrant, dated February 23, 1998 (San Jose
             Office, 10th Floor).
10.18+       Office Lease between 50 West San Fernando Associates and
             Registrant, dated May 15, 1996 (San Jose Office, 18th
             Floor).
10.19+       First Amendment to Lease Agreement between 50 West San
             Fernando Associates and Registrant, dated December 12, 1996
             (San Jose Office, 18th Floor).
10.20+       Second Amendment to Lease between 50 West San Fernando
             Associates and Registrant, dated February 24, 1998 (San Jose
             Office, 18th Floor).
10.21+       Consent of Landlord between Registrant and Halcyon Software
             California Inc., dated March 31, 1998 (San Jose Office,
             Suite 1012).
10.22+       Consent of Landlord between 50 West San Fernando Associates
             and KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, dated April 6, 1998 and April 12,
             1998 (Registrant sublease from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, San
             Jose Office, 10th Floor).
10.23+       Sublease between KPMG Peat Marwick (USA) LLP and Registrant,
             dated March 13, 1998 (Registrant sublease from KPMG Peat
             Marwick LLP (USA), San Jose Office, 10th Floor).
10.24+       Deed of Lease between Gosnell Properties, Inc. and
             Registrant dated September 3, 1997 (Suite B-290, Vienna,
             VA/"D.C.").
10.25+       Deed of Lease between Gosnell Properties, Inc. and
             Registrant dated January 30, 1998 (Suite 110, Vienna,
             VA/"D.C.").
10.26+       Network Access Agreement between Goodnet and Registrant
             dated June 11, 1996.
10.27*       Fiber Optic Private Network Agreement Product Order between
             Metromedia Fiber Network Services, Inc. and Registrant,
             dated September 1, 1998.
10.28+       Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement
             between Registrant and Transamerica Business Credit
             Corporation.
16.1+        Letter Regarding Change in Certifying Accountants.
23.1*        Consent of Gunderson Dettmer (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2         Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Accountants.
23.3         Independent Auditors' Report on Schedule.
27.1+        Financial data schedule.
99.1+        Consent of Forrester Research, Inc.
99.2+        Consent of International Data Corporation.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
* To be filed by amendment.
+ Previously filed.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   93
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedule
 
     (i) Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
 
     Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Registrant's Bylaws, and Registrant's
indemnification agreements or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of
     this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
     (4) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
         each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
         be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities
         offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
         be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   94
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of San Jose, State of California, on this 6th day of November, 1998.
    
 
                                          ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
                                          By:       /s/ SHERMAN TUAN
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Sherman Tuan
                                            Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                              Executive Officer
 
   
     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that Robert A. Burgelman whose
signature appears below, constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, Warren
J. Kaplan, Sherman Tuan and Stephen B. Belomy, and each of them, his true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for
him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration
Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered
by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to
Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and all post-effective
amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or
their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
    
 
     Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME AND SIGNATURE                                TITLE                    DATE
                 ------------------                                -----                    ----
<C>                                                    <S>                            <C>
                  /s/ SHERMAN TUAN                     Chairman of the Board and      November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  Chief Executive Officer
                    Sherman Tuan                       (Principal Executive
                                                       Officer) and Director
 
               /s/ STEPHEN P. BELOMY*                  Executive Vice President,      November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  Chief Financial Officer and
                  Stephen P. Belomy                    Secretary (Principal
                                                       Financial Officer)
 
                 /s/ KEVIN HOURIGAN*                   Vice President Finance (Chief  November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  Accounting Officer)
                   Kevin Hourigan
 
              /s/ PETER C. CHEN, PH.D.*                Vice Chairman of the Board     November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                Peter C. Chen, Ph.D.
 
                /s/ WARREN J. KAPLAN*                  President, Chief Operating     November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  Officer and Director
                  Warren J. Kaplan
 
               /s/ ROBERT A. BURGELMAN                 Director                       November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                 Robert A. Burgelman
 
                 /s/ FRANK R. KLINE*                   Director                       November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Frank R. Kline
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   95
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME AND SIGNATURE                                TITLE                    DATE
                 ------------------                                -----                    ----
<C>                                                    <S>                            <C>
                   /s/ JAMES SHA*                      Director                       November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                      James Sha
 
                /s/ TOM SHAO, PH.D.*                   Director                       November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Tom Shao, Ph.D.
 
                /s/ KIMBALL W. SMALL*                  Director                       November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Kimball W. Small
 
                 /s/ FRED A. VIERRA*                   Director                       November 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Fred A. Vierra
 
                *By: /s/ SHERMAN TUAN
  ------------------------------------------------
                    Sherman Tuan
                  Attorney-In-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>   96
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO                    BALANCE AT
                                            BEGINNING OF     COST AND     DEDUCTIONS/       END OF
                                               PERIOD        EXPENSES     WRITE - OFF       PERIOD
                                            ------------    ----------    ------------    ----------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
PERIOD FROM MARCH 8, 1996 (INCEPTION) TO
  JUNE 30, 1996
  Accounts receivable allowance...........    $     --      $       --      $    --       $       --
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
  Accounts receivable allowance...........    $     --      $   15,000      $    --       $   15,000
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
  Accounts receivable allowance...........    $ 15,000      $   58,787      $13,787       $   60,000
</TABLE>
 
                                       S-1
<PAGE>   97
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                    NUMBERED
  NUMBER                       DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                         PAGE
- -----------                    -----------------------                     ------------
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
 1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 2.1+        Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger between Registrant and
             AboveNet Communications Inc., a California corporation.
 3.1+        Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
 3.2+        Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to
             be filed prior to completion of the offering.
 3.3+        Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
             Incorporation to be filed upon completion of offering.
 3.4+        Bylaws of Registrant.
 4.1+        Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 10.2,
             10.3, 10.4 and 10.5.
 4.2*        Form of Registrant's Common Stock Certificate.
 4.3+        Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated
             September 4, 1998.
 4.4+        Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock of the
             Registrant issued to Transamerica Business Credit
             Corporation.
 4.5+        Warrants to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock of
             the Registrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank.
 4.6+        Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock of the
             Registrant.
 5.1*        Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin &
             Hachigian, LLP ("Gunderson Dettmer").
10.1+        Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Registrant
             with each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+        1996 Stock Option Plan.
10.3+        1997 Stock Option Plan.
10.4+        1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.5+        1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.6+        Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Warren J.
             Kaplan.
10.7+        Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Sherman
             Tuan.
10.8+        Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David Rand.
10.9+        Stock Option Agreement between the Registrant and Warren J.
             Kaplan.
10.10+       Technology Agreement between the Registrant and David Rand.
10.11        Lease Equipment Agreement between Registrant and Cisco
             Systems Capital Corporation.
10.12+       Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and
             Silicon Valley Bank.
10.13+       Loan and Security Agreements between the Registrant and
             Transamerica Business Credit Corporation.
10.14+       Promissory Note by Registrant to Transamerica Business
             Credit Corporation.
10.15+       Office Lease between 50 West San Fernando Associates and
             Registrant dated May 15, 1996 (San Jose Office, 10th Floor).
10.16+       First Amendment to Lease Agreement between 50 West San
             Fernando Associates and Registrant, dated December 12, 1996
             (San Jose Office, 10th Floor).
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>   98
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                    NUMBERED
  NUMBER                       DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                         PAGE
- -----------                    -----------------------                     ------------
<S>          <C>                                                           <C>
10.17+       Second Amendment to Lease between 50 West San Fernando
             Associates and Registrant, dated February 23, 1998 (San Jose
             Office, 10th Floor).
10.18+       Office Lease between 50 West San Fernando Associates and
             Registrant, dated May 15, 1996 (San Jose Office, 18th
             Floor).
10.19+       First Amendment to Lease Agreement between 50 West San
             Fernando Associates and Registrant, dated December 12, 1996
             (San Jose Office, 18th Floor).
10.20+       Second Amendment to Lease between 50 West San Fernando
             Associates and Registrant, dated February 24, 1998 (San Jose
             Office, 18th Floor).
10.21+       Consent of Landlord between Registrant and Halcyon Software
             California Inc., dated March 31, 1998 (San Jose Office,
             Suite 1012).
10.22+       Consent of Landlord between 50 West San Fernando Associates
             and KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, dated April 6, 1998 and April 12,
             1998 (Registrant sublease from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, San
             Jose Office, 10th Floor).
10.23+       Sublease between KPMG Peat Marwick (USA) LLP and Registrant,
             dated March 13, 1998 (Registrant sublease from KPMG Peat
             Marwick LLP (USA), San Jose Office, 10th Floor).
10.24+       Deed of Lease between Gosnell Properties, Inc. and
             Registrant dated September 3, 1997 (Suite B-290, Vienna,
             VA/"D.C.").
10.25+       Deed of Lease between Gosnell Properties, Inc. and
             Registrant dated January 30, 1998 (Suite 110, Vienna,
             VA/"D.C.").
10.26+       Network Access Agreement between Goodnet and Registrant
             dated June 11, 1996.
10.27*       Fiber Optic Private Network Agreement Product Order between
             Metromedia Fiber Network Services, Inc. and Registrant,
             dated September 1, 1998.
10.28+       Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement
             between Registrant and Transamerica Business Credit
             Corporation.
16.1+        Letter Regarding Change in Certifying Accountants.
23.1*        Consent of Gunderson Dettmer (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2         Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Accountants.
23.3         Independent Auditors' Report on Schedule.
27.1+        Financial data schedule.
99.1+        Consent of Forrester Research, Inc.
99.2+        Consent of International Data Corporation.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
* To be filed by amendment.
+ Previously filed.

<PAGE>   1
                       [CISCO SYSTEMS CAPITAL LETTERHEAD]


                                                       Master Agreement No. 1094


                      MASTER AGREEMENT TO LEASE EQUIPMENT

THIS MASTER AGREEMENT TO LEASE EQUIPMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as
of January 13, 1998 by and between CISCO SYSTEMS CAPITAL CORPORATION ("Lessor")
having its principal place of business at 3535 Garrett Drive, Santa Clara,
California 95054 and ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a California corporation
("Lessee"), having a principal place of business at 50 W. San Fernando Street,
Suite 1010, San Jose, CA 95113. In consideration of the covenants set forth
herein, Lessor and Lessee have agreed as follows:


                                  I. THE LEASE

1.1    LEASE OF EQUIPMENT. In accordance with the terms and conditions of this
       Agreement, Lessor shall lease to Lessee, and Lessee shall lease from
       Lessor, the units of personal property (individually, a "Unit," and,
       collectively, the "Equipment") described in the lease schedule(s) (each,
       a "Lease") to be entered into from time to time into which this Agreement
       is incorporated. Each Lease shall constitute a separate, distinct, and
       independent lease and contractual obligation of Lessee. Lessor or its
       assignee shall at all times retain the full legal title to the Equipment,
       it being expressly agreed by both parties that each Lease is an agreement
       of lease only. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in
       this Agreement, Lessee shall be deemed to accept the Equipment on the
       Commencement Date (as specified in each Lease).

1.2    TERM OF LEASE. The original term (the "Original Term") of each Unit shall
       commence on the Commencement Date and, subject to Sections 3.3 and 3.5
       below, shall terminate on the date specified in such Lease.
       Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Original Term for each Unit shall
       automatically extend for successive 30-day periods after its expiration
       unless either party gives the other party written notice, at least 90
       days prior to the expiration of the Original Term or the then extended
       term, as the case may be, of its intent not to so extend the applicable
       Lease. Except as specifically provided in this Section 1.2, no Lease may
       be terminated by Lessor or Lessee, for any reason whatsoever, prior to
       the end of the Original Term or any extended term.

1.3    RENTAL PAYMENTS. Lessee shall pay Lessor rent ("Rent") for each Unit in
       the amounts and at the times specified in the Lease. The Lease Term for
       each Unit shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue for
       the period specified in the Lease, [unless otherwise extended pursuant to
       Section __ below]. The Lease Term as to any Unit may not be terminated by
       Lessee unless otherwise expressly provided in the Lease. All rental and
       other amounts payable by Lessee to Lessor hereunder shall be paid to
       Lessor at the address specified above, or at such other place as Lessor
       may designate in writing to Lessee from time to time.

1.4    RETURN OF EQUIPMENT. Upon expiration of the Original Term of a Unit,
       Lessee shall immediately return such Unit to Lessor as provided in
       Section 3.3 below. Except as provided in Section 1.2 above, should Lessee
       not return any Unit at the end of its Original Term, Lessee shall
       continue to pay Rent to Lessor with respect to such Unit in the sum and
       on the due dates set out in the applicable Lease, as a month-to-month
       lease, until such Unit is returned by Lessee. If Lessee fails to return
       any of the Equipment upon demand therefor by Lessor, Lessee shall pay
       Lessor, as the measure of Lessor's damages, the Casualty Value (as
       defined in the applicable Lease) of such Equipment.


             II. DISCLAIMERS AND WARRANTIES; INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

2.1    DISCLAIMERS; WARRANTIES. Lessee represents and acknowledges that each
       Unit is of a size, design, capacity and manufacture selected by it, and
       that it is satisfied that each Unit is suitable for its purposes. LESSOR
       SUPPLIES THE EQUIPMENT AS IS, AND, NOT BEING THE MANUFACTURER OF THE
       EQUIPMENT, THE MANUFACTURER'S AGENT OR THE SELLER'S AGENT, MAKES NO
       WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE
       MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, DESIGN OR CONDITION
       OF THE EQUIPMENT, LESSOR SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE
       RESULTING FROM THE INSTALLATION, OPERATION OR OTHER USE, OR
       DEINSTALLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
       DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE OR LOSS. Lessee
       shall look solely to the manufacturer or the supplier of Equipment for
       correction of any problems that may arise with respect thereto, and all
       warranties made by the manufacturer or such supplier are, to the degree
       possible, hereby assigned to Lessee for the term of the applicable Lease.
       To the extent any such warranty requires performance of any kind by the
       beneficiary of the warranty, Lessee shall perform in accordance
       therewith.

2.2    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Except as otherwise expressly provided in each
       Lease, LESSOR MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WHATSOEVER WITH
       RESPECT TO THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
       LIMITATION, ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT AND TRADEMARK RIGHTS, OF ANY THIRD
       PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THE EQUIPMENT, WHETHER RELATING TO INFRINGEMENT OR
       OTHERWISE. Lessor shall, at Lessee's cost and expense, exercise, when
       requested by Lessee, rights of indemnification, if any, for patent,
       copyright or other intellectual property infringement obtained from the
       manufacturer under any agreement for purchase of the Equipment. If
       notified promptly in writing of any action brought against Lessee based
       on a claim that the Equipment infringes a United States patent, copyright
       or other intellectual property right, Lessor shall promptly notify the
       manufacturer thereof for purposes of exercising, for the benefit of
       Lessee, Lessor's rights with respect to such claim under any such
       agreement.


                            III. COVENANTS OF LESSEE

3.1    PAYMENTS UNCONDITIONAL; TAX BENEFITS; ACCEPTANCE. EACH LEASE SHALL BE A
       NET LEASE, AND LESSEE'S OBLIGATION TO PAY ALL RENT AND OTHER SUMS
       THEREUNDER, AND THE RIGHTS OF LESSOR IN AND TO SUCH PAYMENTS, SHALL BE
       ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL, AND SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY ABATEMENT,
       REDUCTION, SETOFF, DEFENSE, COUNTERCLAIM, INTERRUPTION, DEFERMENT OR
       RECOUPMENT, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. It is the intent of Lessor, and an
       inducement to Lessor, to enter into each Lease, to claim all available
       tax benefits of ownership with respect to the Equipment subject thereto.
       Lessee acknowledges and represents that (a) no right, title or interest
       in such Equipment has been or is intended to be passed to Lessee, other
       than the right to maintain possession of and use of such Equipment for
       the Original Term of such Lease, conditioned on Lessee's performance of
       the terms and conditions of such Lease, (b) Lessee has not taken and will
       not, at any time during the Original Term of such Lease, take any action
       which could cause Lessor to lose any tax benefits of ownership, and (c)
       the Casualty Value of each Unit (as defined in the applicable Lease)
       includes an amount which provides for Lessor's recovery of the loss of
       such tax benefits. Lessee's acceptance of the Equipment subject to a
       Lease shall be conclusively and irrevocably evidenced by Lessee executing


                                       1
<PAGE>   2

              an Acceptance Certificate with respect to such Equipment, and,
              upon acceptance, such Lease shall be noncancellable for its
              Original Term unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Lessor.
              Any nonpayment of Rent or other amounts payable under any Lease
              shall result in Lessee's obligation to promptly pay Lessor as
              additional Rent on such overdue payment, for the period of time
              during which it is overdue (without regard to any grace period),
              interest at a rate equal to the lesser of (a) 14% per annum, or
              (b) the maximum rate of interest permitted by law.

       3.2    USE OF EQUIPMENT.  Lessee shall use the Equipment solely in the
              conduct of its business, in a manner and for the use contemplated
              by the manufacturer thereof, and in compliance with all laws,
              rules and regulations of every governmental authority having
              jurisdiction over the Equipment or Lessee and with the
              provisions of all policies of insurance carried by Lessee
              pursuant to Section 3.6 below; provided, however, Lessee shall
              have the right to allow third parties, under Lessee's
              supervision, to use the Equipment, so long as Lessee shall retain
              uninterrupted possession and control of the Equipment. Lessee
              shall pay all costs, expenses, fees and charges incurred in
              connection with the use and operation of the Equipment.
          
       3.3    DELIVERY; INSTALLATION; RETURN; MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR;
              INSPECTION. Lessee shall be solely responsible, at its own
              expense, for (a) the delivery of the Equipment to Lessee, (b) the
              packing, rigging and delivery of the Equipment back to Lessor,
              upon expiration of the Original Term, in good repair, condition
              and working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted, at the
              location(s) within the continental United States specified by
              Lessor, and (c) the installation, de-installation, maintenance
              and repair of the Equipment. During the term of the applicable
              Lease, Lessee shall ensure that each Unit is covered by a
              maintenance agreement, to the extent available, with the
              manufacturer of such Unit or such other party, reasonably
              acceptable to Lessor. Lessee shall, at its expense, keep the
              Equipment in good repair, condition and working order, ordinary
              wear and tear excepted, and, at the expiration of the Original
              Term, or any renewal term, with respect to any of the Equipment,
              have such Equipment inspected and certified acceptable for
              maintenance service by the manufacturer. In the event any of the
              Equipment, upon its return to Lessor, is not in good repair,
              condition and working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted,
              Lessee shall be obligated to pay Lessor for the out-of-pocket
              expenses Lessor incurs in bringing such Equipment up to such
              status, but not in excess of the Casualty Value (as defined in
              the applicable Lease) for such Equipment, promptly after its
              receipt of an invoice for such expenses. Lessor shall be entitled
              to inspect the Equipment at Lessee's location at reasonable times.

        3.4   TAXES. Lessee shall be obligated to pay, and hereby indemnifies
              Lessor and its successors and assigns against, and holds each of
              them harmless from, all license fees, assessments, and sales,
              use, property, excise and other taxes and charges, other than
              those measured by Lessor's net income, now or hereafter imposed
              by any governmental body or agency upon or with respect to any of
              the Equipment, or the possession, ownership, use or operation
              thereof, or any Lease or the consummation of the transactions
              contemplated in any Lease or this Agreement. Notwithstanding the
              foregoing, Lessor shall file all required personal property tax
              returns, and shall pay all personal property taxes payable, with
              respect to the Equipment. Lessee shall pay to Lessor, as
              additional rental, the amount of all such personal property taxes
              within 15 days of its receipt of an invoice for such taxes.
        
        3.5   LOSS OF EQUIPMENT. Lessee shall bear the entire risk of the
              Equipment being lost, destroyed or otherwise rendered permanently
              unfit or unavailable for use from any cause whatsoever (an "Event
              of Loss") after it has been delivered to a common carrier for
              shipment to Lessee. If an Event of Loss shall occur with respect
              to any Unit, Lessee shall promptly and fully notify Lessor
              thereof in writing. On the rental payment date following Lessor's
              receipt of such notice, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount
              equal to the rental payment or payments due and payable with
              respect to such Unit on or prior to such date, plus a sum equal
              to the Casualty Value of such Unit as of the date of such
              payment, as set forth in such Lease. Upon the making of such
              payment by Lessee regarding any Unit, the rental for such Unit
              shall cease to accrue, the term of this Lease as to such Unit
              shall terminate and (except in the case of loss, theft or
              complete destruction) Lessor shall be entitled to recover
              possession of such Unit in accordance with the provisions of
              Section 3.3 above. Provided that Lessor has received the Casualty
              Value for any Unit, Lessee shall be entitled to the proceeds of
              any recovery in respect of such Unit from insurance or otherwise.

        3.6   INSURANCE. Lessee shall obtain and maintain for the entire term
              of each Lease, at its own expense, property damage and liability
              insurance and insurance against loss or damage to the Equipment
              subject to such Lease including, without limitation, loss by fire
              (including so-called extended coverage), theft and such other
              risks of loss as are normally maintained on equipment of the type
              leased hereunder by company's carrying on the business in which
              Lessee is engaged, in such amounts, in such form and with such
              insurers as shall be satisfactory to Lessor. Each insurance
              policy will name Lessee as insured and Lessor as an additional
              insured and loss payee thereof as Lessor's interests may appear,
              and shall provide that it may not be canceled or altered without
              at least 30 days prior written notice thereof being given to
              Lessor or its successors and assigns.

        3.7   INDEMNITY. Except with respect to the gross negligence or willful
              misconduct of Lessor, Lessee hereby indemnifies, protects,
              defends and holds harmless Lessor and its successors and assigns,
              from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, and
              proceedings, losses, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities,
              including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and
              costs (collectively, "Claims"), arising out of, connected with,
              or resulting from this Agreement, any Lease or any of the
              Equipment, including, without limitation, the manufacture,
              selection, purchase, delivery, possession, condition, use,
              operation, or return of the Equipment. Each of the parties shall
              give the other prompt written notice of any Claim of which it
              becomes aware. The provisions of this Section 3.7 shall survive
              the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any Lease.

        3.8   PROHIBITIONS RELATED TO EQUIPMENT. Without the prior written
              consent of Lessor, which consent as it pertains to subsections
              (a) and (c) below shall not be unreasonably withheld, Lessee
              shall not: (a) sublease any of the Equipment (provided that
              Lessee may, without the prior written consent of Lessor, permit
              any Affiliate (defined below) of Lessee to use any of the
              Equipment in the ordinary course of its business); (b) create or
              incur, or permit to exist, any lien or encumbrance with respect
              to any of the Equipment, or any part thereof; (c) move any of the
              Equipment from the location at which it is first installed; or
              (d) permit any of the Equipment to be moved outside the
              continental limits of the United States. For purposes of this
              Agreement, the term "Affiliate" shall mean (i) any corporation
              which controls, is controlled by, or under common control with
              Lessee, (ii) any corporation resulting from the merger or
              consolidation of Lessee, or (iii) any entity which acquires all
              of the assets of Lessee as a going concern. For purposes of this
              Section 3.8, the term "control" shall mean the power to direct
              the management of the relevant entity.

        3.9   IDENTIFICATION. Lessee shall place and maintain permanent
              markings provided by Lessor on each Unit evidencing ownership,
              security and other interests therein, as specified from time to
              time by Lessor. Lessee shall not place or permit to be placed on
              any Unit any other markings that might indicate any other
              ownership or security interest in such Unit. Any markings on any
              Unit not made at Lessor's request shall be removed by Lessee, at
              Lessee's sole cost and expense, prior to the return of such Unit
              in accordance with Section 3.3.

        3.10  ALTERATIONS OR MODIFICATIONS. Lessee shall not make any
              additions, attachments, alterations or improvements to the
              Equipment without the prior written consent of Lessor. At any
              time during the Original Term of a Lease, there may be added to
              such Lease additional Units of the same type as are rented
              thereunder for a term equal to the remaining portion of such
              Original Term and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at
              the Rent applicable to such Units for such term at the time the
              order for such Units is placed, provided that the order is in
              writing and accepted by Lessor. Such acceptance shall be at the
              sole discretion of Lessor. Each addition, attachment, alteration
              or improvement to any Unit shall belong to and become the
              property of Lessor unless, at the request of Lessor, it is
              removed prior to the return of such Unit by Lessee. Lessee shall
              be responsible for all costs relating to such removal and shall
              restore such Unit to its operating condition that existed at the
              time it became subject to the applicable Lease.



                                       2

<PAGE>   3
3.11    EQUIPMENT TO BE PERSONAL PROPERTY. Lessee acknowledges and represents
        that the Equipment shall be and remain personal property,
        notwithstanding the manner in which it may be attached or affixed to
        realty, and Lessee shall do all acts and enter into all agreements
        necessary to ensure that the Equipment remains personal property.

3.12    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Lessee shall promptly furnish to Lessor such
        financial or other statements respecting the condition and operations
        of Lessee, and information respecting the Equipment, as Lessor may from
        time to time reasonably request.

3.13    LESSEE REPRESENTATIONS. Lessee hereby represents that, with respect to
        this Agreement and each Lease: (a) the execution, delivery and
        performance thereof by Lessee have been duly authorized by all
        necessary corporate action; and (b) the individual executing such
        document is duly authorized to do so; (c) such document constitutes
        legal, valid and binding obligations of Lessee, enforceable in
        accordance with its terms.

                            IV. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

4.1     EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence of any of the following shall
        constitute an Event of Default hereunder: (a) Lessee shall fail to pay
        any rental or other payment due hereunder within five (5) days after
        its receipt of notice of nonpayment; (b) any representation or warranty
        of Lessee made in this Agreement, any Lease, or in any document
        furnished pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise,
        shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect as
        of the date when it was made; (c) Lessee shall fail to perform any
        covenant, condition or agreement made by it under any Lease, and such
        failure shall continue for twenty (20) days after its receipt of notice
        thereof; (d) bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, reorganization,
        dissolution, liquidation or other similar proceedings shall be
        instituted by or against Lessee or all or any part of its property
        under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or
        of any other competent jurisdiction, and if such proceeding is brought
        against Lessee, it shall consent thereto or shall fail to cause the
        same to be discharged within thirty (30) days after it is filed; (e)
        Lessee shall default under any agreement with respect to the purchase
        or installation of any of the Equipment; or (f) Lessee or any guarantor
        of Lessee's obligations under any Lease shall default under any other
        agreement with Lessor or Cisco Systems, Inc.

4.2     REMEDIES. If an Event of Default hereunder shall occur and be
        continuing, Lessor may exercise any one or more of the following
        remedies: (a) terminate any or all of the Leases and Lessee's rights
        thereunder; (b) proceed, by appropriate court action or actions, either
        at law or in equity, to enforce performance by Lessee of the applicable
        covenants of any or all of the Leases or to recover damages for the
        breach thereof; (c) recover from Lessee an amount equal to the sum of
        (i) all amounts due under any or all of the Leases on or before the
        Lessor giving Lessee written notice that such Event of Default has
        occurred and, if Lessor obtains a judgment against Lessee with respect
        to such Event of Default, the entry of such judgment, whichever shall
        last occur, (ii) as liquidated damages for loss of a bargain and not as
        a penalty, the present value of the balance of all rentals and other
        sums payable thereunder and hereunder, without any presentment, demand,
        protest or further notice (all of which are hereby expressly waived by
        Lessee), discounted at a rate equal to the rate for United States
        Treasury Bills, as the case may be, as shown in the Wall Street
        Journal, with a maturity which is closest to the balance of the term of
        such Lease (the "Discount Rate") as of the date of the payment of such
        amount, and (iii) any loss or damage to the Lessor's residual interest
        in the Equipment caused by such Event of Default; (d) personally, or by
        its agents, take immediate possession of any or all of the Equipment
        from Lessee and, for such purpose, enter upon Lessee's premises where
        any of the Equipment is located with or without notice or process of
        law and free from all claims by Lessee; and (e) require the Lessee to,
        and the Lessee shall, assemble the Equipment and deliver the Equipment
        to a location which is reasonably convenient to Lessor and Lessee. The
        exercise of any of the foregoing remedies by Lessor shall not
        constitute a termination of any Lease or this Agreement unless Lessor
        so notifies Lessee in writing.

4.3     DISPOSITION OF EQUIPMENT. In the event, upon the occurrence of an Event
        of Default, Lessor repossesses any of the Equipment, Lessor may lease
        any or all of such Equipment, or sell any or all of such Equipment at
        one or more public or private sales, in such manner, at such times and
        upon such terms as Lessor may determine. In the event that Lessor leases
        any of such Units, any rentals received by Lessor for the "Remaining
        Lease Term" (the period ending on the date when the Original Term for
        such Unit would have expired if an Event of Default had not occurred),
        discounted to present value, at the Discount Rate, as of the Possession
        Date (the "Recovery Rentals"), for such Units shall be applied to the
        payment of (a) all costs and expenses (including, without limitation,
        reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Lessor in retaking possession
        of, and removing, storing, repairing, refurbishing and leasing, such
        Units, (b) accrued and unpaid rentals as of the date Lessor obtained
        possession of such Units or the date on which Lessee made an effective
        tender of possession of such Units to Lessor, whichever shall first
        occur (the "Possession Date"), (c) the present value of the rentals for
        such Units for the balance of the Original Term of the applicable Lease
        (the "Discounted Remaining Rentals") and any other sums payable
        thereunder or hereunder with respect to such Units, discounted at the
        Discount Rate as of the Possession Date, (d) any and all other sums
        (other than rentals) with respect to such Units then owing to Lessor by
        Lessee thereunder or hereunder, and (e) any loss or damage to the
        Lessor's residual interest in such Units caused by such Event of Default
        (the aggregate of such amounts being referred to as the "Release
        Recovery Amount"). In the event that Lessor shall sell or otherwise
        dispose of (other than pursuant to a lease) any such Units, the proceeds
        thereof (the "Recovery Proceeds") shall be applied to the payment of the
        amounts referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above and the amount by
        which the Casualty Value for such Units, as of the Possession Date,
        exceeds the Discounted Remaining Rentals (the aggregate of such amounts
        being referred to as the "Sale Recovery Amount"). The balance, if any,
        of the Recovery Rentals, in the case of a release, and of the Recovery
        Proceeds, in the case of a sale or other disposition, shall be applied
        first to reimburse Lessee for any sums previously paid by Lessee as
        liquidated damages with respect to such Units, and any remaining amounts
        shall be retained by Lessor. Lessee shall remain liable to Lessor, with
        respect to any Units which are released or sold or otherwise disposed
        of, to the extent that the Release Recovery Amount exceeds the Recovery
        Rentals or the Sale Recovery Amount exceeds the Recovery Proceeds.
        Lessor shall be entitled to, and Lessee shall have no claim with respect
        to, all rentals, with respect to any period commencing after the
        expiration of the applicable Remaining Lease Term, from released Units.

                                V. MISCELLANEOUS

5.1     PERFORMANCE OF LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS. Upon Lessee's failure to pay Rent
        (or any other sum due hereunder) or perform any obligation hereunder
        when due, Lessor shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to
        pay such sum or perform such obligation, whereupon such sum or the cost
        of such performance shall immediately become due and payable hereunder
        as additional rent, with interest thereon at the highest legal rate
        from the date such payment or performance was made.

5.2     ASSIGNMENT. LESSEE SHALL NOT RELINQUISH POSSESSION OR CONTROL OF, OR
        ASSIGN, SUBLEASE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER, DISPOSE OF
        OR ENCUMBER ANY UNIT, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LEASE OR SCHEDULE, OR ANY
        PART THEREOF OR INTEREST THEREIN, OR ANY RIGHT OR OBLIGATION WITH
        RESPECT THERETO, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF LESSOR.

5.3     QUIET ENJOYMENT. So long as Lessee shall not be in default of any of
        its obligations under any Lease, neither Lessor nor its assignee shall
        interfere with Lessee's right of quiet enjoyment and use of the
        Equipment.

                                       3

  
<PAGE>   4
5.4  FURTHER ASSURANCES. Lessee shall, upon the request of Lessor, from time to
     time, execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts
     as Lessor may reasonably request in order fully to effect the purposes of
     any Lease and Lessor's rights thereunder. Lessor is authorized to file a
     financing statement, signed only by Lessor in accordance with the Uniform
     Commercial Code or signed by Lessor as Lessee's attorney in fact, with
     respect to any of the Equipment.

5.5  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. Each and every right and remedy granted to Lessor
     under any Lease shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or
     remedy therein specifically granted or now or hereafter existing in equity,
     at law, by virtue of statute or otherwise, and may be exercised by Lessor
     from time to time concurrently or independently and as often and in such
     order as Lessor may deem expedient. Any failure or delay on the part of
     Lessor in exercising any such right or remedy, or abandonment or
     discontinuance of steps to enforce the same, shall not operate as a waiver
     thereof or affect Lessor's right thereafter to exercise the same. Waiver of
     any right or remedy on one occasion shall not be deemed to be a waiver of
     any other right or remedy or of the same right or remedy on any other
     occasion.

5.6  NOTICES. Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other
     communication provided for or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and
     shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by a party hereto on the
     day it is delivered to such party at its address set forth above (or at
     such other address as such party shall specify to the other party in
     writing), or if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
     requested, on the fifth day after the day on which it is mailed, addressed
     to such party at such address.

5.7  SECTION HEADINGS; COUNTERPARTS. Section headings are inserted for
     convenience of reference only and shall not affect any construction or
     interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement and each Lease may be
     executed in counterparts, and when so executed each counterpart shall be
     deemed to be an original, and such counterparts together shall constitute
     one and the same instrument.

5.8  ENTIRE LEASE. This Agreement and each Lease constitute the entire agreement
     between Lessor and Lessee with respect to the lease of Equipment and
     supersede all other prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether oral or in
     writing, with respect thereto. No waiver or amendment of, or any consent
     with respect to, any provision of this Agreement shall bind either party
     unless set forth in writing, specifying such waiver, consent, or amendment,
     signed by both parties, and then such waiver, consent, or amendment shall
     be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose
     given. Any term or condition of any purchase order or other document (with
     the exception of any Lease) submitted by Lessee in connection with this
     Lease which is in addition to or inconsistent with the terms and conditions
     of this Agreement shall not be binding on Lessor and shall not apply to
     this Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable law and not otherwise
     specifically provided to Lessee in this Agreement, Lessee hereby waives any
     and all rights or remedies conferred upon a lessee under the California
     Uniform Commercial Code, and any other applicable similar code or statutes
     of another jurisdiction, with respect to a default by Lessor under this
     Agreement.

5.9  SEVERABILITY. Should any provision of this Agreement or any Lease be or
     become invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under applicable law, the other
     provisions of this Agreement and such Lease shall not be affected and shall
     remain in full force and effect, and, to the extent permissible under
     applicable law and possible, any such invalid, illegal or unenforceable
     provision shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to be valid,
     legal and enforceable and to conform to the intent of the parties;
     provided, however, in the event Lessee's obligation under any Lease to pay
     rent or any other amount shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, Lessor
     shall have the right to terminate such Lease as if an Event of Default
     shall have occurred.

5.10 ATTORNEYS' FEES. Should either party institute any action or proceeding to
     enforce this Agreement or any Lease, or any provision hereof or thereof, or
     for a declaration of rights under any such agreement, the prevailing party
     in any such action or proceeding shall be entitled to receive from the
     other party all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including,
     without limitation, attorneys' fees, which it incurs in connection with
     such action or proceeding.

5.11 GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of
     the State of California with respect to agreements entered into, and to be
     performed, entirely in California. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY
     PROVIDED IN ANY LEASE, THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH LEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED IN
     ALL RESPECTS BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
     CALIFORNIA. LESSOR AND LESSEE WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
     LITIGATION ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LEASE. LESSEE CONSENTS TO THE
     NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE COURTS OF CALIFORNIA, AND THE
     FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE STATE CALIFORNIA, FOR THE RESOLUTION OF ANY
     DISPUTES HEREUNDER.

5.12 SURVIVAL. All obligations of Lessee to make payments to Lessor under any
     Lease or to indemnify Lessor, pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.7 above, with
     respect to a Lease, and all rights of Lessor hereunder with respect to a
     Lease, shall survive the termination of such Lease.

LESSEE, BY THE SIGNATURE BELOW OF ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE, ACKNOWLEDGES
THAT IT HAS READ THIS LEASE, UNDERSTANDS IT, AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS
TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

CISCO SYSTEMS CAPITAL CORPORATION,                ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(Lessor)                                          (Lessee)

By: /s/ SAM ZAIDINS                               By: /s/ STEPHEN BELOMY
   -------------------------------                   ---------------------------
       (Authorized Signature)                           (Authorized Signature)

Sam Zaidins, Manager, Customer Service            
& Operations                  
Cisco Systems Capital                             Stephen Belomy/Exec. V.P. & ??
- ----------------------------------                ------------------------------
           (Name/Title)                                      (Name/Title)

              5/21/98                                           2/2/98
- ----------------------------------                ------------------------------
              (Date)                                            (Date)



                                       4



<PAGE>   1
 
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
    
 
   
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
    
 
   
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
    
   
  of AboveNet Communications Inc.:
    
 
   
     We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No.
333-63141 of AboveNet Communications Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated August
7, 1998 (November 5, 1998 as to Note 12) appearing in the Prospectus, which is
part of this Registration Statement, and of our report dated August 7, 1998
relating to the financial statement schedule appearing elsewhere in this
Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the
headings "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" in such Prospectus.
    
 
   
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    
 
   
San Jose, California
    
   
November 5, 1998
    

<PAGE>   1
 
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
    
 
   
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
    
   
  AboveNet Communications Inc.:
    
 
   
     Our audits of the financial statements of AboveNet Communications Inc. for
the period from March 8, 1996 (inception) to June 30, 1996 and for the years
ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 also include the financial statement schedule of
AboveNet Communications Inc., listed in Item 16.(b). The financial statement
schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial
statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial
statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.
    
 
   
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    
 
   
San Jose, California
    
   
August 7, 1998
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission